ae, ee ee : es Bes Bo fot pene nee aera ey = = ; a Secs: ae eee seers aap Set Spar af cape oe ca pee ers ~ Bay prance ena sree Bite portectitran ce line Seep ae : ee eS pas ers yet ae te ct eat one wpe ta oe saeco < Pen ee, Ne Se gee eae mh wat See eeet erir eee aes ree es Sine Soeeers a see : Bcd Saree Pe, — oe Fi na .: pss Sater — = Sa ae ae eee ae ede es eee “is Ses? one x Bp wee Ess 3 ete sen pene tae ise sree xin ealeg tie Ee BEG ee nee ie ee = eras Stes aa oc eh > a ane ice fe atin ante 7 sot * SS. Serer Se Saba Era Bia eee oom, caer . a beset iad ya Soe eieneasense ae eae i ee soca wie es fs sina rere ey ~ ee ee fe ie oer Pepe ae po - eaten whe Sct coe a ON cane rahi gee teeta ore see Pa ae annette, Er te See ree os ae = ty Bie Kes i cet es aoa ae ms 7) . es te vee eooee ate alten vat gs wiowet See a he eer earyes. Soe Caer Reni satncs cannes gates oh eae = os S = ; oe 3 if haat) ay da a jee eae ye ines pee Se Song een leet amarante: wae vos % eS eryereakn ea ea ect aa Bete ae Sel zt Psa pee Seer anes t= hes 4 Soe =o s es er a: Sea eet & pees son : ne an pea Secs s ‘ei eh eerie eon ios es paseterene peas irr whe beoome” sete Nts ae ae aoe. ane praia pen recone. ns ane ra e : ee tmnt mes tae pSmare ra (ean hi are ate Sai oe r = coe pee Si ewer eet r ee! a Se paler a tee os awe amen ene = ited = phe S = Lay aetna is BE mr eerste nes tert Es ooh = St = aoe sr arene seed ae oot, . - <: en nat: Rees eon ~ Ses anrins eWay = “4 * aes wg el ea goa rote Ee ah et vert 7 poeeiee fos Sete = Sie aS fe ee ela are es ESS eS Sete eet 5 see sent On aatape ae Nace er) gE = re Koya seta ms Cr ss : fe oeteees : Sat ono ep tis ics. Trouton, F. His ae St eae F148) os: vets eggs H. Voss, as Waterhouse, Watt, A. J. (es i £1 1s.) Watt, Charles Ward, J. W. (£2 wee aR 10s., £2 2s., £2 2s , £2 2s.) Ward, = D., ter, A. Weston, ar 8 Wilkinson, C8. F.G.S. (£5 58., £2 2s.) Wi Woaleyon: F. B. W. (£3 3s., £2 2s., 8.) Wright, H. G. Bes : M.R.C.S.E. (e5 3s, ‘le Zi3,, Young, L. H. 21s,, 2is., 2is:). 2 b ~ Ge iw OD i, iy et, at, oe, pe, fe naan es an, — ed a » O 2 ee 4 5 «6 )10 ( £1,407 13 { { fees Nee Ne? Se? ee? See? Se? ee? Se GS a GS > CS © CONTRIBUTIONS CONDITIONALLY PROMISED TO THE Buripine Funp. In response to ge dated August, 1882. Abbott, The eae oN PSE: pte Abbott Ames, 9 ie ese eet wee teens oe Sati L.K.Q., ‘Coll. Phy., Irel. . » MLC, F.R.G.S. SOR eee eee eee eae Brodribb, The Hon. W.A 1, Arthur Nnoaneath Cr Ore Lal CNOoemNoOSCOMe ecocoecoooo Boa, Speco Paes ag et SERIE a gat PASEO GDS eas 5 O ; rington, 3 Bob: ne Pride shen hecenesiuttsopatumbhciterani tigi iab LE 2 Conder, W. J. 5 = x, The Hon. G. H., M.L.C. 20 0 O Daintrey, Edwin > 5 0 ean, Alexander, J.P. 1 ) Du Faur, E., F.R Evans, George ) Fairfax, E 1010 0 Frazer, Hon. Ji 101 ) Gipps, 00 Goodlet, 10 00 Goode, George, M.A., M.D., Trin. ) Haege, Hermann 3 ) Hates, Albert, E Ph.D. 2.220 ills, Robert 5. 04 Hitchins, s:.3° 0 erg re a. ope ) Knox, b.) 0 arog E. bop cencieeas les: 18 ( See aT eat Vito tiv abtew Veet lew ies va Wins anaew: “evelineeuuy ede lei 0 Mite Fy ME May BOs iss cui ape. 0 0 Lenehan, OO Miicnimincaume ke ; ) Liversidge, Professor, F. Mey Wat ismnecinnpeuseeiis cess dawoia aE. 0 ae oe Pee EO 10 00 McCulloch, A. H., junr’, MILA. 1 ) Manning, Sir W. M. 10 0 Eee BM OO i iit { Mullens, PORN BMG, csc ivicsivisesclny cee cl 10 00 Murray, Ws Oh cde ae Pasnuv ala chesestaled alates, 10 00 ORM TON iss tnorcinrsvnmnieranioncicccch ce » 0 ) ( 0 ) 0 0 0 10 O 00 00 207: 14.0 The present debt on the Building amounts to £900, ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTIONS PROMISED TO THE Buitpina Founp. £ TNs Wy FCB cas sesecteessecstncci a ee 1 G. D. sotacehaeennevantacsspadeelseiadssd hepatic... 1 Hun t, Robert, F.G. Bie Bi cricis pesivesesivssesscijactindaleins he 1 Leibius, Mt POR Ou a 1 Liversidge, Professor, RNs Wes a 1 gpg rege Eg ce ae re RS Moore, Charles, igo Ae ee SUR EES SN SE lei: 1 Resell, B.C. BA, FRAS., 86. cscs 1 Smith, The Hon. J., EO cian a, 1 Soin 5 BGR 1 WS OA MOR RB nc 1 Ft et bed bee fo fd pd fd fd fd fms SoSococeooco ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES. / Lf v.16 JOURNAL PROCEEDINGS OF THE MOYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES, FOR 1884. INCORPORATED 1881. VOle 2 Viis. EDITED BY A. LIVERSIDGE, F.R.S., Professor of Chemistry and Mineralogy in the University of Sydney. THE AUTHORS OF Papin ARE ALONE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE STATEMENTS MADE AND THE OPINIONS EXPRESSED THEREIN. AGENTS FOR THE SOCIET Messrs. Triibner & Co., 57, Ludgate Hill London, E.C. SYDNEY: THOMAS RICHARDS, GOVERNMENT PRINTER. 1885. ‘ Mo. Bot. Garder 1897. NOTICE. Tue Royat Society of New South Wales originated in 1821 as the “ Philosophical Society of Australasia”; after an interval of inactivity, it was resuscitated in 1850, under the name of the “ Australian Philosophical Society,” by which title it was known until 1856, when the name was changed to the ‘* Philosophical Society of New South Wales”; in 1866, by the sanction of Her Most Gracious Majesty the Queen, it assumed its present title, and was incorporated by Act of the Parliament of New South Wales in 188r. CONTENTS. OFFICERS FOR 1884-85........csesesescccsssssseeccenseseeseeees srsssaueuseeeeees Acr or =e WEBI oi Gok eis gsi fo dnce a vecadbaia vers Sevensenseaeeessanee Ruzs, List of Members, &. . Eos pac chuahsewnvaeeues 84, 1. May 7. Presment’s Appress. By the Hon. Professor Smith, C.M.G., M.D., LL.D. ...seseee sereeeseereees 2. June 4. On _ Removal of Bars from the entrances to our _ By Walter Shellshear, Assoc. M. Inst. . July 2. Note on Gold. By Dr. Leibius, M.A., F.C.S. . . me New rey Wales Rami "By Prof. FA bk adidas tea eens tg y. 9. Dec. 3. Notes. on Doxyante By y Charles ones, T. LS... ag hide ee Pe S the Interior of N. S. Wales By 11. pail on a New eer and ee Pluviometer. By H. C. Russell, B.A., F.R.A.S. 12. ,, 17. Embryolo, ag the Marsupialia, Monotremata, and Cera y W. H. Caldwell, M.A., Balfour Scholar, “a Fell. Caius Coll. Cam.......--+-+++++++* sc caavachccnseneerenepeetsanensen regesoesemetir’ ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY.......cccccceeeceeeneenseseneerseteaeeees see tereet EXCHANGES AND PRESENTATIONS MADE BY THE Royal SocieTy oF NEW SourH WALES, 1883 .....0.-cccrcsseceserenseresenersrnrere ree ne® PROCEEDINGS OF THE SECTIONS ...cccccceceeceeeeeeceenenesersenseess teen ECTIONS edical Section.—Cases of Mental Disturbance after Injury to the Head, with icular reference to the Loss of ssn et sh F. Norton ing, M. : Abstract of the Meteorological “Observations ‘at “the Bodney pect y H. C. Russell, B.A., F.R.AS., F.M.S., ok aieoasiane sk ices ash cagovpvuveneuouuenens ALL Map for poy year 1883. By H. C. Russell, B.A., F.R.A.S. Lagr OF PUBLICATIONS ....00ccccsseescereneeeeesenens NE EA RTO InpEx seen eens The Aopal Society of Het South Wales. OFFICERS FOR 1884-85. HONORARY PRESIDENT: HIS EXCELLENCY Tue Rr. Hon. LORD AUGUSTUS LOFTUS, G.C.B., &c., &o., &C. PRESIDENT: H. C. RUSSELL, B.A., F.R.A.8., &c. VICE-PRESIDENTS: W. A. DIXON, F.C. Dr. W. MORRIS. HONORARY TREASURER: H. G. A. WRIGHT, M.R.C.S., Eng., L.8.4., Lond. HONORARY SECRETARIES: PROFESSOR LIVERSIDGE, Dr. ADOLPH LEIBIUS, M.A., F.RS., F.C.8., &c. F.C.8. COUNCIL: CONDER, W. J. ROLLESTON, CHR., C.M.G. HUNT, ROBERT, F.G.S., &c. SMITH, Hon, PROF., C.M.G., MOORE, CHAS., F.L.S. M.D., LL.D., M.L.C. PEDLEY, P. R. ASSISTANT SECRETARY: W. H. WEBB. er eee fae rs ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES INCORPORATION. An Act to incorporate a Society called “The Royal Society of New South Wales.” [16 December, 1881. | HEREAS a Society called (with the sanction of Her Preamble. Most Gracious Majesty the Queen) “The Royal Society of New South Wales” has under certain rules an by-laws been formed at Sydney in the Colony of New South Wales for the encouragement of studies and investigations as composed of the following office-bearers and members His Excellency the Right Honorable Lord Augustus Loftus P.O. G.C.B. Honorary President The Honorable John Smith G. M.D. LL. i dney and Chamberlaine Russell evar B.A. (Sydney) F.R.A.S. F.M.S. London Government Astronomer for New South the Institute of Chemistry of Great Britain and I Professor of Geology and Mineralogy in the University of Sydney and Carl Adolph Leibius Esquire Doctor of Philo- sophy of the University of Heidelberg Fellow of the Insti- tute of Chemistry of Great Britain and Ireland Honorary Secretaries W. A. Dixon Fellow of the Institute of reser aed of Crest Britain and Ireland G. D. Hirst Esqui bert Hun Interpretation clause. Incorporatiou clause. Rules and by- laws. xvi Charles Smith Wilkinson Esquire Government Geologist Members of the Council And whereas it is expedient that the said Society should be incorporated and should be invested with the powers and authorities hereinafter contained it therefore enacted by the Queen’s Most Excellent Majesty by and with the advice and consent of the Legislative Council and Legislative Assembly of New South Wales in Parliament assembled and by the authority of the same as follows :— 1. For the purposes of this Act the following words in inverted commas shall unless the context otherwise indicate bear the meaning set against them respectively — “*Corporation” the Society hereby incorporated “Council” the Members of the Council at any duly con- vened meeting thereof at which a quorum according to the by-laws at the time being shall be present “Secretary” such person or either one of such persons who shall for the time being be the Secretary or saving and excepting any Assistant Secretary of the said Society). as the case may be or if there be no Secretary or if the Secretaries or Secretary be absent from the Colony then upon the President or either of the Vice-Presidents, 3. The present rules and by-laws of the said Society shall be deemed and considered to be and shall be the rules and by-laws of the said Corporation save and except in so far as any of them are or shall or may be altered varied or repea under the powers for that purpose therein contained or are XVil or may be inconsistent or incompatible with or repugnant to any of the provisions of this Act or any of the laws now or hereafter to be in force in the said Colony. - The Corporation shall have power to purchase acquire Power to acquire and hold lands and any interest therein and also to sell and Sn bold and to dispose of the said lands or any interest therein and all 1 : ever nature now belonging to the said Society under the said rules and by-laws or vested in rire for them shall on the passing of this Act be vested in ecome the property of the said Corporation subject to all charges claims and demands in anywise affecting the same. rdinary business of the Corporation in reference Ordinary to its property shall be managed by the Council and it shall eee a except as by the rules and by-laws for the time being shall be Rochaley provided. 6. The Council shall have the general management and ost of superintendence of the affairs of the Corporation and except- °° sae ing the appointment of President and Vice-Presidents and other honorary officers who shall be appointed as the by-laws of the onesie shall from time to time provide the Council shal e the appointment of all officers and servants re- quired for carrying out the purposes of the Society and of preserving its property and it may also define the duties and fix the salaries of all officers Provided that if a vacancy shall occur in the Council during any current year of the Society’s proceedings it shall be lawful for the Council to unexpired portion of the then current year The Council may also purchase or rent land houses or offices and erect buildings or other structures for any of the purposes for in the aggregate the amount of the income of the Corporation for the last preceding dora and the Council may also settle and agree to the covenants powers and authorities to tained in the securities aforeuaid. 7. In the event of the funds and property of the Corpo- Liability o ration being insufficient to meet its engagements eac — member thereof shall in addition to his subscription for the B XVill then current year be liable to contribute a sum equal thereto towards the payment of such engagements but shall not be otherwise individually liable for the same and no member who shall have commuted his annual subscription shall be so liable for any amount beyond that of one year’s subscription. Custody of 8. The Council shall have the custody of the common seal common seal, or deeds and do such other matter be required to be done on behalf of the Corporation but it shall not be neces- sary to use the said seal in respect of the ordi ess of the Corporation nor for the appointment of their Secretaries Solicitor or other officers. Certified copy of 9, The production of a printed or written copy of the es and by- : iad ° «8 laws tobe evi rules and by-laws of the Corporation certified in writing by Sam, the Secretary or one of the Secretaries as the case may be to be a true copy and having the common seal of the Corporation affixed thereto shall be conclusive evidence in all Courts of such rules and by-laws and of the same having been made under the authority of this Act. oy ge hg - In case any of the elections directed by the rules and time may be —_ by-laws for the time being of the Corporation e po not be made at the times required it shall nevertheless may be to make such elections respectively at any ordinary meeting of the Council or at any annual or special general meeting held subsequently. represent Cn 11. abr or either one of the Secretaries may vertain purposes, PePresent the Corporation in all legal and equitable pro- reactance, ceedings and may for and on behalf of the Corporation make such affidavits and do such acts i which the Corporation may be parties, ps ca ie ira alee ee Ce, Se ety rapa ae Lane ips cB hy Dn tee =) INDEX TO RULES. Annual General Meeting... ves ded ene wav wis coe Annual Report ee ise soe “os eee gow BE Auditors and Audit ‘of TD ecste... x ee ins ast wt 80 Absence from Council ‘gaat ii = i sus oti sal 2m Alteration of Rules ihe wn bie ae ies rere. | Admission of Visitors... ne vel tes ae de bel i BZ of M 3% embers ‘ ie nt ois ae esas © § Annual Subscription a we sai bie ae — 9, 9a, 12 5 in arrears ... pi fa Me a 13, 144 eee ane 1 Ballot, plestiom nee of Officers end Connell — ec mbers and a da isenbiens? 4 818 rt maherity “ four-fifths necessary ee iG 5S:. Business, Order o ats sea it 20, 204 Branch Societies ... i 2 BO Cabinets and Colladtions an ae as 2.8 So Beers < & Contributions to the Society ‘ie sai aed vee ... 26, 264, 268 Corresponding Members ... ae ces ies ies oes Wee Council, Election of wae ae st tie See sé 4, 5a, 6 ‘ embers of ets ve Siete Mares si its ais 3 » Vacancies in ade se ste ae tie as 7 » Meetings... was ie “a ove =o isi 23, 234 Quorum ; ave ee aes wees Citdidaten for Admission ee “eg ide ees sie vod 8 Committees or Sections ... ves ves eon ses i oe n of i cn ae cis ie as ave a soa Documents. nore me ae tn an avs ve Se Election oft new Mem bers ae os as ae pie ... 8-12 » Notification of ... sae ee ie we is wae 0 ss5 oes * we ven 2. The amount asked for ua Seer a 8. Whether any previous —_ grant has been received from any source, and, if so, with £: Whether any portion of the grant is to be devoted to personal eratio 5. What apparatus (if any) of permanent value will be required. sursres XXXxi Property of the Society to be vested in the President, §c. XXXI. All property whatever belonging to the Society shall be vested in the President, Vice-Presidents, Hon. Treasurer, and Hon. Secretaries for the time being, in trust for the use of the Society ; but the Council shall have control over the disburse- ments of the funds and the management of the property of the Society. SECTIONS. XXXII. To allow those members of the Society who devote attention to particular branches of science fuller opportunities and facilities of meeting and working together with fewer formal restrictions than are necessary at the general Monthly Meetings of the Society,—-Sections or Committees may be established in the following branches of science :— Section A.—Astronomy, Meteorology, Physics, Mathematics, and Mechanics. Section B.—Chemistry and Mineralogy, and their application to the Arts and Agriculture. Section C—Geology and Paleontology. Section D.—Biology, i.e., Botany and Zoology, including Entomology. Section E.—Microscopical Science. Section F—Geography and Ethnology. Section G.—Literature and the Fine Arts, including Architecture. Section H.—Medical. Section I.—Sanitary and Social Science and Statistics. Section Committees—Card of Meetings. XXXIII. The first meeting of each Section shall be appointed by the Council. At that meeting the members shall elect their own Chairman, Secretary, and a Committee of four ; and arrange the days and hours of their future meetings. A card showing the dates of each meeting for the current year shall be printed for distribution amongst the members of the Society. XXxii Membership of Sections. XXXIV. Only members of the Society shall have the privilege of joining any of the Sections. Reports from Sections. XXXV. There shall be for each Section a Chairman to preside at the meetings, and a Secretary to keep minutes of the pro- ceedings, who shall jointly prepare and forward to the Hon. Secretaries of the Society, on or before the 7th of December in each year,a report of the proceedings of the Section during that year, in order that the same may be transmitted to the Council. Reports. XXXVI. It shall be the duty of the President, Vice-Presidents, and Honorary Secretaries to annually examine into and report to the Council upon the state of— 1. The Society’s house and effects. 2. The keeping of the official books and correspondence. 3. The library, including maps and drawings. 4. The Society’s cabinets and collections. Cabinets and Collections. XXXVII. The keepers of the Society’s cabinets and collec- tions shall give a list of the contents, and report upon the condition of the same to the Council annually. Documents. XXX VIII. The Honorary Secretaries and Honorary Treasurer shall see that all documents relating to the Society’s property, the obligations given by members, the policies of insurance, and other securities shall be lodged in the Society’s iron chest, the contents of which shall be inspected by the Council once in every year ; a list of such contents shall be kept, and such list shall be signed by the President or one of the Vice-Presidents at the annual in i a Xxxiii Branch Societies. XXXIX. The Society shall have power to form Branch So- cieties in other parts of the Colony. Tabrary. XL. The members of the Society shall have access to, and shall be entitled to borrow books from the Library, under such regulations as the Council may think necessary. Alteration of Rules. XLI. No alteration of, or addition to, the Rules of the Society shall be made unless carried at two successive General Meetings, at each of which twenty-five members at least must be present. XXXIV THE LIBRARY. 1. The Library shall be open for consultation and for the issue and return of books daily (except Saturday), between 1°30 and 6 p.m., and on Saturdays from 9 a.m. to 1:30 p.m.; also, on the evenings of Monday, Wednesday, and Friday, from 7 to 10 p-m. la. The Library will not be open on public holidays. 2. No book shall be issued without being signed for in the Library Book. 3. Members are not allowed to have more than two volumes at a time from the Library, without special permission from one of the Honorary Secretaries, nor to retain a book for a longer period than fourteen days; but when a book is returned by a member it may be borrowed by him again, provided it has not been bespoken by any other member. Books which have been bespoken shall circulate in rotation, according to priority of application. 4. Scientific Periodicals and Journals will not be lent until the volumes are completed and bound. 5. Members retaining books longer than the time specified shall be subject to a fine of sixpence per week for each volume. 6. The books which have been issued shall be called in by the Secretaries twice a year ; and in the event of any book not being returned on those occasions, the member to whom it was issued shall be answerable for it, and shall be required to defray the cost of replacing the same. 7. No stranger shall be admitted to the Library except by the introduction of a member, whose name, together with that of the visitor, shall be inserted in a book kept for that purpose. 8. Members shall not lay the paper upon which they are writing on any Book or Map. No tracings shall be made without express permission from the Hon. Secretaries, es , xXxXxXV Form No. 1. Roya Society oF New SovurH Wa gs, Certificate of a Candidate for Election. Name Qualification or occupation Address being desirous of admission into the Royal Society of New South Wales, we, the undersigned members of the Society, propose and recommend him as a proper person to become a member thereof. Dated this day of 18. From PrrsonaL KNowLeDGe. From GENERAL KNOWLEDGE. Signature of candidate Date received 18 N.B.—This certificate must be signed by ‘eies or more members, to two of whom the candidate must be personally known. The candidate must be at hess twenty-one years of age. This certificate has to be read at three ordinary poser oie eetings of the Society. Form No. 2. Roya Soctrry or New Sourn WaAtEs. The Society’s House, Sir, Sydney, 18 I have the honour to inform you that you have this day been ahssad a member of the Royal Soviety of New South Wales, and I beg to forward to you a copy of the Rules of the Society, a printed copy of an obligation, a list of members, and a card announcing the dates of meeting during the present session. According to the Regulations of the Society (vide Rule No. 9), you are required to pay your admission fee of two guineas, and annual subscription of two guineas for the current year, before admission. Youarealso requested to sign and return the enclosed form of obligation at your earliest convenience. have, &c., To — Hon. Secretary. Form No. 3. Royat Socrrry or New SoutH WALEs. I, the undersigned, do herehy engage thut I will eudeavour to promote the interests and welfare of the Royal Society of New South Wales, and to observe its Rules and By-laws, as long as I shall remain a member thereof. Signed, Address Date XXxvi Form No. 4. Royat Socrrry or New Sourn Watzs. The Society’s House, Sir, ; Sydney, 18°. T have the honour to inform you that your annual subscription of for the current year became due to the Royal Society of New South Wales on the 1st of May last. It is requested that payment may be made by cheque or Post Office order drawn in favour of the Hon. Treasure T have, &e., To Hon. Treasurer. Form No. 5, Royat Socrery or New Sourn WALzEs. The Society’s House, Sir, Sydney, ww. Tam desired by the Royal Society of New South Wales to forward to you a copy of its Journal forthe year18 _, as a donation to the library of your Society. T am further requested to mention that the Society will be thankful to receive such of the a valuable publications issued by your Society as it may feel disposed to T have the honour to be, Sir, Your most obedient servant, Hon. Secretary. Form No. 6. Roya Soorzty or New Sourn WaAtes. The Society’s House, Sir, Sydney, iss : On behalf : the Royal ame of ee South Wales, I beg to acknow- ledge the receipt o: T am directed nacre to you the best thanks of icici ae donation T have the honour to be, Sir, Your most obedient servant, Hon. Secretary. ss Form No. 7. Balloting List for the Election of the Officers and Council. Royat Socrety ofr New Sourn WaALtEs. Date Batxtotmne List for the election of the Officers and Council. Present Council. Names proposed as Members of the new Council. President. Vice-Presidents. Hon. Treasurer. Hon. Secretaries. Members of Council. If you wish to substitute any other name in place of that proposed, erase the printed name in the second Sai dnd walls annnditn tex a: 7a the ta Sad 4h which you wish to substitute. LIST OF THE MEMBERS Aoval Society of Het South Wales. P Members who have contributed papers which have been published in the Society's Transactions or Journal ; papers A in the Transactions of the er apie Society are also included. The numerals indicate the number of such contributi t ae veo tg the Council, + Lif Elected, 1877 Abbott, J oe Palmer, 6 Adee nana neni Court, Elizabeth-street. 1877 | P1| Abbott, Thomas Kingsmill, 8.M., — Police Office, Sydney. 1877 |P3 Abbott, W. E., Abb lead Wi 1877 Adams, Seog J.S. Ban Syne 1864 Adams, rveyor Gen ribilli Point, St. Leonards. 1878 Ale xander, aces M., 48, * piso street 1874 Alger, John, Macquarie ~stri 1870 Allen, Sir George e Wigram, K.O.M. G., Phillip-street. 1868 Allerding, F., Himen street. 1873 Allerding, H. R., Hunter-street. 1856 Allwood, Bey. Canon » B.A. Cantab., “Rorklands,” Edgecliff 1881 Amos, Robert, “ Renneil, r Elizabeth Bay 1877 2 -» M.A., ** Aberfeldie,” cca Hill. 1876 Atchison, Cunningham Archibald, C.E., North Sho: Atherton, Ebenezer, M.R.C.S. Eng "trons Soong street. 1882 Atkinson, J. J. O., J. P., Gidbwee Moss Val 1878 pie rok pe P., M.A., District Court Judge, “ Melita,” 1877 — E. A., Tn Colliery, ope age 1878 Balfour, James, The Orie — nk, P. 1881 Barff, H. E., M. r Sydney Unive 78 Barker, Francis Lindsay, 5 ide Barraclough, William, Bonnellyst Imai 1884 Barry, The Most EDs D.C.L., TLD, Bishop’s ourt, Randwick. 1875 Bartels, W. C. W., Richmond Terrace. ioe Payer ft MEOS, » Eng., Bathurst. ment, Phillip-street. 1 Baynes, Richa. B., Victoria Borrecke ne” NOTICE. Members are particularly requested to communicate any change of address to the Hon. Secretaries, for which purpose this slip is inserted. Corrected Address. To the Hon. Secretaries, The Royal Society of N.S.W., 37, Elizabeth-st., Sydney. 0} boteass tt rg bo cae! XXXi1x gop ere Josh. A., Lic & Q. Coll. Phys., Irel., Lic. R. Coll. , Irel., Coast itogpit ce Bay. Bedford Ba J ee R.C.S. Eng., ‘‘ Waratah,” Newtown, Hobart, Tas Beilby, E. “rn, 1, Pitt-atret Belgrave, Thomas B., M.D. Edin., M.R.C.S. Eng., 60, Castle- reagh-stree Belfield, Algerno on H., “ Eversleigh,” Armidale. Belisario, John, M.D. Lyons’ Terrace e ., O.M.Z.8S., Toow rney, Augustus, H. M. Customs, Sydney. Best Edwin Henry, L.R.C.S., Ire/., L.R.C. P., Edin., Phillip- treet. Bin ite ad, Wm. H. Glent — a Petersham. n Clu Black, Morrice A., F.T.A., eae, Australian Mutual Provi- dent Society, Pitt-street —— nes H. E., 375, George- -street. s, 2054, Victoria- a, Blaxiandi 1 Herbert, M. = C.S.E., L.R.C.P. Lond., Hospital for the Insane, mcg sul aoe ri. {Bond, Albert, Be re “Chambers, Pitt Bowen, George M. C., “ Ke oun Kieribill Point, Code Shore. Brady, Andrew John, Lic. rage ae Coll. Phys. y ahs th Coll. Sur. Irel., 3, Lyons Brazier, John, C.M.Z.S8., Corr. LE R. ‘Ss, .» 82, es ae weg soe - Gay, M.D. St. phen s, L.R.C.S. om Bri die Thoma, ‘St. Stephen’s House, Bligh-street, Newtown riper W. A., The Hon., M.L.C, F.R.G:8., 133, ‘Macquarie- Sieooks, ces F.B.G.S., Phas ad Bank,” Nelson-st., Woollahra, nti Henry Joseph, Newea wn, John a Dub rown, Thom skbank, Sowentel f. Bullock, Chas. "Gyrus, 2, Burk oo na St. Leonards. Bundock, W. C., “‘ Wyangarie,” Casin Burnell, ‘Arthar, “Clapton,” Wasteaet Burton, "Hdmund, Land Titles roe. Hliabeth-street North. Busby, The Hon. William , M.L.C., “ Redleaf,” South Head Road, Woollahra. Bush, Thomas James, Engineer’s Office, Gas Works, Sydney. Cadell, ag Ties toege Creek, New England. Cadell, Hon M.L.C., Australian Club. Caird, Goors oe ington” Cccan-street, Woollahra. ampbell, Allan, L.R.C Campbell, The Hon. onion wt T.0, Woollahra. Campbell, The Hon. Charles, M.L.C., “Qlunes,” South Kingston. 1878 1877 kg ~ xl sais yee Searte Surveyor, Trig. Branch, Surveyor- Gene Cinder Herd, Josep, mA. * hg: Parsonage,” Glen Innes. Cane, Alfred, 110, Victoria-stre Cate, Alfred. J., ML » Syd., “ Tavita; ” Edgecliff Road. — Chas. Ulie, L. K. Q.0°P.. Ls: R. C.8., Irel., Montague- street, Balmain Chandler, Alfred, “ Wambiana,” Homebush. Chambers, Thos., E.R... , F.R.C.S. Hdin., 1. Lyons’ Terrace. {Chard, J. S., District t Surveyo r, Armidale. Chatfield, Captn. William, Smith- street, Parramat hesterman, Alfd. Hy., L.S., Sur At General’ Office Chisholm, Edwin, M.R.C.S re S.A A., ee Abergeldie,” Ashfield. Nag tac, John Fredk., M. R.CS., E.; ; Lic. R.C. Phys., L.; Lic. - Phys., Hdin., Orange. Collie, Revd, Robert, F. i '8., “The Manse,” Wellington-street, Newtown. Colquhoun, George, “ Rossdhu,” Darlinghurst Road. Colyer, Henry Cox, M.A., “Clinton, ” Liverpool-street, Darling- hurs Colyer, John Ussher Cox, A.S.N, Company, Sydney. Comrie, James, “ Northfield,” Kurrajong Heights. tConder, Wm., Survey Office, Sydney. ey Ge ts Nugent, R.N.R., care of Mr. ©. E. Riddell, . 2. ‘ Cox, The Hon. George Henry, M.L. ea “ Winbourn,” Penrith Cox, James, M.D. Edin. on S., FL. S., 73, ikke sheath: Cox, Saml. sat hea F.C.S., F.G. S., 1 Victoria Terrace, Miller- ore. Bag veers: . C., Superintendent of Telegraphs, Telegraph Office, ge-street. Creed, 71 Mildred, M.R.O.8. Eng., L.R.O.P., Edin. » Woollahra. Croudace, ambton. Thomas, I, Crummer, Henry, 47, Rialto T Terrace, i agai Cunningham, Andrew, Sag rad - Queanbeya Curran, Rey. dohn Milne, D Daintrey, Edwin, “ Aolia”’ Randwi ick, Dansey, to agin "Frederick, M.R.C.S. Loxton, Cleveland-street, mee “Frederick H., care of Danger Gedye, & Oo., Mac- Darley, Cecil West, ag de St. Leonards, Darley, oe » M.L.C., B.A., Wentworth Court, Eliza- a Sir sg K.C.M.G., “ ” th ast , Beaumont,” Adelaide, P., Elizabeth-street, Deak? Soha Mian Field, M.D., Ashfield. eT ee Se oe SS ee ge eG Oe Se eC ae P9 xii Deffell, George H., Chief Commissioner, Insolvency Court, Phillip-street Delarue, Leo H., 378, George-street. De Salis, The rion. Leopold Fane, MLO., “ Tharwa,” Queanbeyan Dight, Arthur, Richmond. +Dixon, W. A., F.CS., ‘Fellow and Member Inst. of Chemistry of Gt. Britain and Irel., Lecturer on Chemistry, The Tech- nical College, School of Arts, Pitt-street, Sydney, Vice- resident. Dixon, Fletcher, English, Scottish, and Australian Chartered Bank, iggy ay et. Disson Craig, M.B., C.M., M.R.C.S., Eng., M.D. Syd., 2, Clarendon Terrace, eee nae tb. ixson, Thomas, M.B., tod om urg., Edin., “Ellalong,” — Spee Docker, Ernest B., M.A. S&S * Ca rhullen,” Parramatta Docker, Wilfred L., “ Rikeon 4 tog ghurst Road. Donkin, J. B., The ara te 8 ouglas, James, L.R.C.S a Hoge Terrace, Glebe Road. Dowling, Neville, Wallstreet, Woo ra. owling, Edward, “ lue’s — North Shore. — tiemvee a Fellow of the I os Agee copy Lond., Bank of New Zealand, Na: oe Col Du Font San, F. R G.5.,'" Marfa, aw ee Eales, J: nes Duckenfield Park, Morpeth. Egan, Myles, M.R.C.S. Eng ye Hyde Park Terrace, Liverpool- stree - Kichler, Charles F., M.D. Heidelberg, M.B.C.S. Eng., Bridge- street. Eldred, W. H., 62, a of mi Elliott, F. W., Elizabeth Bay. Evans, George, “ Como,” Darling Poin Evans, Thomas, M.R.C.S., £., O11, Meniinsi street North. Ewan, John Frazer, MB., Mast. ‘Surg. Univ. adn. Carlton Terrace, Wynyard Square. Fairfax, Edward R., 145, Macquarie-street. , James R., Herald aa Hunter-street. Ferguson, J. W., 70, Darlinghurst hi, “yp M.D., M. Ch., Univ. Pisa, 39, Phillip-street, Fiase Sydn Finl 780, ; David, Manager, Union Bank, Pitt-street. Fisch F. Z § Elected. 1876 1856 alii Fitzgerald, R. D., F.L.S., Deputy-Surveyor-General, Sydney. Flavelle, John, 340, George- -street. Forbes, Alexr. Leith, M.A., Dept. of Public Instruction. {Foreman, Joseph, M.R.C. S., L.R.C.P., Edin., 161, ae , ste eet. rT, Rey. John G., M.A., Warden of Ganart College, Glebe oint. —— John, B.A., Edin., Délégué he (pour l’Océanie), de ’Institution Ethno ograp hique de Paris, Associate of the Victoria (Philoso ee a of ces Britain, “Sauchie < an Fuller, 1 Dedaks John, Harbours and a Office, Fitzroy Dock. Furber, T. F. pintebes tamale Offi Gabriel, C. Louis, Australasian eae “ST Scotland. Ga: rdiner, R Rev. Andrew, M. Gardiner, John, Chief Examiner, Tecienen of Public Instruc- on, Harrow Roa 7 Si Rey. C. F., Christ Church Parsonage, Sydne ions Andrew. his D., Sydney Morning Herald Office, Hunter- street. Garrett, H. Edwd., M.R.C.S. ne ve Wynard Square West. an, .» Hast St. Gedye, Charles Townsend, “ Nast stbourne,” oree, Point. rge, Hugh, Sydney ont Herald Offi » W. ge-s Gile owed. enknowes,’ ’ Potts’ 8 Point. og bess Rabo Wyatt, B.A., Lond., “ Persica,” Dlawarra Road, Gilliat, Henry Alfred, Australian Club. Gipps, F. B., C.E., ng Chandos-street, Ashfield. Goddard, William C., The E xchange, New Pitt-street. Goergs, Karl We oe Golles e, Woo » M.D., M. -» Trin, Coll., Dub., Enfield House, a cog aoe vie a is we Diplomate in tet i ur, avy, Corres. Mem. Ro Dublin Soci ociety, re Brie Stak ane Lect mt brs edical Jurisprudence, University of Spaiy, 159, 59, Mac- ge Carag song W. A. B., = ‘Brayleefon ann aa ouse, Waverley mmerci , Co italia. Grifithe. Daanke C., Spring-street. Griffiths, G. Neville, The Domain, Sydney. 1879 1880 P2 P1 P2 xiii Gurney, T. T., M.A. Cantab., late cenit - St. John’s College, Cambridge, Professor of Mathematics and Natural Phi- k nfield Hankins, Geo. Thos., M.R.C.S.E Liverpool-stret, Hyde Park, Harcus, Lorimer E., Allt-street, ‘Ashfiel Hargrave, Lawre nee, “ae Macleay oo Teshouter s Bay Road. Harris, J ohn, « Bulw ” Jones- t, Ultim {Harrison, “Seri rie Place Hart, Ludovico, Kilcatten Lodge, Millawyn-street, South Yarra, Me Haswell, ‘William Aitcheson, M.A., B.Sc., Demonstrator of rative Anatomy and Physiology, University of Sydney yearn Club. Hawkins, H. S., M.A., Balmai ay, The Hon. Sir John, KOM, aan A.M. Aberdeen, President of the Legislative Council, Rose Bay, Mg exc Heaton, J. H., St. ns Club, Westminster, Londo Helms, Albert, P -D., Berlin Bi te & University. Helsham, Douglass, ‘ ‘ Eurimbulah, > Port Curtis, Queensland. Henry, James, en George-str Henson, Joshua B., C.E., Avaiabint City Engineer, Town Hall, oy eal ™ oe oO a=} =a Sydney. Herborn, E. W. L., “ Flinton,” Burwo ae Herborn, Eugene, Licensed Surveyor, Bat Seria Charles E., 14, Cambridge aoe apes “Hyde "Park, London, W. Hun Hewett, Thomas Edward, Tech saeal Coleg, Sydney. Higgins G.,* ‘Cl “atom Me Bot + pee “oe abe 377, George-street. . E. G., M.A. Ozon., 8.C.L., Vice-Warden of St. i. Paul's ( College, Universi Hoff, August (changed name from Duckershoff ) M.D. Univ. zig, 197, Liverpool-stree Holroyd, Arthur Todd, M.B. Cantad,. ae Edin., F.L8., F.ZS., F.R.G.8., Sherwood Seru Horton, Rev. Thomas Tne Terrace, We tle Sales Houison, Andrew, B.A, M.B.C.M., Edin., 128, — , bellto urst, George, M.B., Univ. Lond., Mas mao Univ. Edin., 28, College-street, "Hyde ark, Inglis, James, 28, Charlotte Place. Iredale, Lancelot, A.F., Goolhi, Gunnedah. 1883 1873 1877 1884 1874 1876 1859 ha P1) ~ xliv Jackson, Arthur Levett, Government Printing Office Jackson, Henry Willan, M.R.C.S. Eng., Lic. B.C. Phys., Edin. 146, ‘Phillip-street. Jarvie, Rev. A. Milne, Univ. Council, Zdin., “Manse,” Jamison- street. Jefferis, Rev. James, LL.B., “ The Retreat,” Newtown Jenkins, Edward J ohmstones nna M.B., at M RG.P., M.R.CS., ae ga ee e Alfred Hos ospita Johnson, James W., picks ” Doth Jones, James Skee, Lic. B.C, Phys. Edin., Booth-street Balmain Jones, Richard Theophilus, M. D. Sydn., L. = C.P. Edin., Ashfield. Jones, P. Sydney, M.D. Lond., F.R.C.S. # 7.» College-street. ae Edward Lloyd, 349, George- -street, Sydn ey: Jones, James, Bathurst-street. Jones, John Trevor, C.E North Shor Jones, Llewellyn Chas. Russell, 33, Cactiaiigh street. Josephson, J jahiek Frey, F.G.S8., Bellevue Hill, Double Bay. Josephson, J. P., Assoc. Mem. Inst. C. E., 235, Macquarie- -street North. Joubert, Numa, Hunter’s Hill. Kater, H. E., “ Mount Broughton,” Moss Val Keele, apg Wwm., Harbours and Rivers s tecaueiel, Phillip- ‘ten John, Pe tay gs Leichhardt. Ken 3 devaanig M., B.A, L.R.C.P., L.R.C.S., Lond., 50, acleay-stre King, Philip S. “Banks ” William-street, Double Bay. - 6, College-street. Knibbs, G. H., Mem. ey of Surveyors, Trig. Branch, Surveyor- General’s Office. al ag ge Sad +: eats Knox, George, M.A., Cantab., Phillip-st Knox, Edward, The Hon ts M.LO., Oo’ Conel-stret ng P Ko , 8, Boulevard, Peters Kyngdon, F. B., 221, oye sare Road. Kyngdon, Fred. H., M. D. Aber 7 ai L.; M.B.CS8., £3 C.M., Aberdeen, “ Altona, o Nonk bes Kyngdon, Boughton, 69, Darlinghurs amg John, M. ar Union Club. 2 4a Ie 6, Bligh-street. tise, G. J., “awthorne;? Movers street, Petersham. Laure ie, Louis Thos .. M.D. Surg. Univ. Paris, 138, Castlereagh- fleibion, Adolph, Ph.D., Heidelberg, M.A., F.C.S.; Fel. Inst a Chemistry of Gt. Brit. and Inl.; Senior Assayer to the Sydney . Secretary. Branch of the Royal Mint, t, Hon Se NT 1874 1881 1879 1876 1882 1878 1880 1881 P 23 xlv Lenehan, Henry Alfred, Sydney Observatory. Lingen, J Pe MA. Canteb., 101, Elizabeth-street. Little, Wm., L.R.C.P., L.R C, S. Edin , Burw tLive Archi ; Assoc. - 5 OS.: Fel. Inst. Chemistry of Gt. Brit. and Irl.; F.G.S.; S.; Mem. Phy. Soc. London ; o aae logical Soc. Gt. Brit. and Irel. ; Cor. Mem. ; Cor. Mem. Senckenberg Institute, Frankfurt ; or. en. Soc. d@’ Acclimat. Hon. Fel. Roy. Hist. Sane Lond. ; Mem. Min. Soc. of France; Professor of Chemistry and in the University of Sydney, Hom Secretary. Gleb: e. Lloyd, s. Alfred, F.R.G.S., “ rte: = somite Bay. Lloyd, Lancelot T., “ ‘Eu etek - Loftus, His Excellency The Right Hon. lied amigas, G.C.B. &e., &e., &e., nt. Lord, The Hon. Francis, M.L.C., North Shore Lovell, R. ee M.R. vib L.R.C. P., Lond. 26, Wynward 8q. Low, Andrew S. “Me thea ’ Granville. Lowe, Edwin, Wilgar Downs Station, via Girilambone. get MacCormick Alexr., M.B., Ch.M., M.R.C.S.E, Demonstrator of tomy, University of Sy ey. M‘Culloch, A. H., jun., M.L.A., 121, Pitt-street M‘ ese John ‘Warner, Few hse to the Sydney Branch of the MacDonald, Ebenezer, “ Woerden,” Cambridge-street, Stanmore MacDonnell, comer J., F.R.AS., Bank of New South Wales, Port Mac MacDonnell, Sanne, $12, — -street, Sydney. MacGillivray, P. H., M.A.,M.R.C.S. .F.LS,; fn ES Victoria. M‘Kay, Dr., Church Hill. Mu kianwe, ey = — Mem. Inst. C.E., “ Seaton,” Point Piper Road, P MacLaurin, Hen: sy Norman, M.A, nea Univ. Edin., Lie, RB. oll. Sur. Fain, Rabe 155 P2 C > Macqua t{MacPherson, Rev. Peter, M. hes 187, Albion-street, § dney. Mackenzie, J ohn, F.G. as, Examiner of Coal Fields, Rewenllle: Mackenzie, W. F., M.R.CS., L.R.C.P. Edin., Eng., Lyons’ T arrace. Mackenzie, Rev. P. F., 4, Jamieson-street. Mackenzie, R. M., Bond-stree t. Mackenzie, John "Bowe r, M.1.C.E., Engineer’s Office, Govern- n Mackellar, Chas. Kinnard, M.B., CM , Glas., Macquarie-street. Madsen, Hans. F., “Hesselmed” House, Queen-street, Newtown. Maiden, Josh. Hy., Technological Museum, Sydne Maitland, Duncan — , * Afreba,” Stanmore Road. Makin, G. E., Berri Manfred, Edmund C., 0, Montague-strect, Goulburn. xlvi lected. 18 Mann, John, F.L.S., ~ oar a street. 1881 Mann, Herbert Ws vs Liverpool & London & Globe Insurance Co., Pitt-stree 1881 Manning, Sir W. M., LL. D., Primary Judge, “ Walleroy,” Edgecliff Road, Woollahra. 1873 | P 6| Manning, James, Milson’s Point, North Shore 1876 Manning, Frederic Norton, M.D. Univ. St. And., M.R.C.S. 1g., Lic. Soc. th. Lond., Gladesville. 1869 Mansfield, G.A., 121, Pitt-stree 1878 geagind James, L.R.C.8., Zrel., ‘LB. Phys., Hdin., Regent- 1880 isto. G. V.,M.D. Univ. Naples, Clarendon Terrace, Elizabeth- street. 1872 Marsden, The Right Rey. Dr. deel of aga Bathurs 1876 Fg pe ee M.D. Uni . RB. Coll. 8. ‘Radin, ts 1879 Masters, Edward, « eee nm, M.D., Univ. £din., —— of Anatomy ey Phosioloey i in the Unironiiy of Sydney Styles, G. Mildinhall, Commercial oy Geor si Suttor, Wm. Henry, M.L.A., “Ca: psiae” tienes Syer, Frank Waid. 89, Pitt-street. 1868 1875 1883 1882 1876 Tarrant, Harman, M.R.C.S., M.L.A., ae street. Tebbutt, John, F. R. AS., Obs case Windso: rth ot, 409, George-street. 0 Townsend, G. W,, C.E., Rooty Hill. rise ovale iv, "LRP. Lond., M.R.C.8.E., 211, Macquarie- Trebeck, Prosper N:; Laren street. ,P. Trebeck, Tom se : * Sy, Uni Pinschige tt ie Elizabeth Bay. Trouton, F. H., oausieys s Offi : [Tucker, G. A., Ph. D. piuenoen: Bay view Asylum, Cook’s River. ts of William, “ Clifton,’ North Shor , W. H., “ Airlee,”? Greenwich Point Road, North Shore. Tuxen, Peter Wilhelm L.S., Survey Office, S ney. Twynam, George Ed dw. LBC. P. Lond., M.R.C.8.E., ‘‘ Cleone,” West-street, Petersham Vause, Arthur J., M.B., O.M., Edin., Bay View House, Tempe. Verde, Felice, ie Prione Speria, I Ital: ly. Voss, Houlton H, J.P., Gou Walker, H. O., Australian General Assurance Co., 129, Pitt- street. Walker, Philip B. EO aba , e Office, noted street. Wallis, William r Lodge, Potts’s P Want, ‘Sydney he: - Catton” Milson’s Point, North Shore. Ward, ies R. C. 4 an lg orth Shore. Wardell, W. W., Fellow Royal Institute of Bogie Architects, Lond., Member leas Civil Engineers, Lond., “ Upton ant St. Leonards. arren, William Edward, M.D. and M.Ch., Queen’s Univ. Fo 248, “gorge street, Sydney. ngineering, University of | , Professor of "Byeiney: “ Modeler” Tendo dtresk, mnmore. Watkins, John Leo, B.A. Cantab., M. ‘A. Syd., 121, Elizabeth- Waterhouse, J., M.A., High School, bic Maitland. | Watson, Chua CR, Beng Bsr igens Newtown. Geor, Watt, Alfred Joseph, 5 Sud Charles, cs yan ment 74 gone? Kila! Isaac, 2.C. Webster, A. S., Gres Gresham Chambers, , Parramatta a TS bi tees ion Ne le eae i BA) ee are ea eR ED ey Sere = Pope 27 1884 1879 ak li Webster, Rev. William, ‘ er rege berg Tye Victoria. a Albert Bythesea, B.A. 0, M.A. Syd., Head Master of the Sydney Grammar School, S Gullenselnset. tee, W. vr. Stella House, Penzance, Cornwall. est, Arthur Annesley, M.D., ~ — Trin. Col. Dub., L.R.C.8., wer ROS. Trel., Derby Hou Westgarth, G. es solicitor, “Treseo,” Elizabeth Bay. Weston, W. J., 5, wig? a . tWhitfeld, Lewis, B.A ey, The Grammar School, Sydney. White , Rev. James 8., MA. “tL L.D., Syd., “Gowrie,” Singleton, White, Hon. James, M. dAOig © Denman ‘ Double Bay ite, Rey. W. M iD T.C.D. t « Ww. Whitelegge, oa eae a Brewery, Bourke-street. eam T. F., 334, Gore -stree Wilkinson, C. S., F.G.8 ., Government Geologist, Department of ines. Wilkinson, Robt. Bliss, 12, Spring-stree Wilkinson, Po Samuel, Regent House, Repeabieeseti Petersham. William: rey Edward, Treasu Willams, Willm. Collir, M. D., Hospital for the Insane, Wilshire, 1 Fr. R., P.M., ilshire, James Thom moron “© Havilah, ”” Burwood. F Wilson, F. tile Bank, Sy ney. Windeyer, w. C., His Honor Judge, M.A., Syd., King-street. Wise, George Fos cam — ‘ . Wise, Henry, Savings’ Bank, Barrack-stree Wood, Harrie, Gidiee eae for Mines, — of Mines. Wood, W. 4H. O'M., r-General’s Office Wood, mechan Pens, Or E, Syn ey Club. Woodho se, E. B., “ Mount Gilead,” Campbelltown Woods, TA, Denk enison-, 140, Fitzroy- itr Moore Park. Woo. oolrych , F. B. W., Wilson-street, Wright, Frederic, M PS., Muesclbubews ideag ede rare G. A, M.R.C. S., Eng., Wynyard Square, Hon. Wright, B Rev. ‘Bdwin H., St. Stephen’s, Bourke. Yeomans, Allan, G Young, J ohn, Tome Daildings, corner of Pitt & Park Streets. Honorary Mempers. Limited to Twenty. M, recipients of the Clarke Medal. “Agnew, Dr., Hon. wooed Te og Society of Tasmania, Hobart. Airy, Sir r George Biddell, C.B., M.A., D.C.L., Oxon., LL.D., Cantab. et Edin. Sree oes The White House , Croom’s Hill, Greenwich Park, 8. Rs A! P3 BE P14 li Bernays, Lewis A., F.L.S., F.R.G.S., Brisban Cockle, His Honor Sir James, late Chief J aus ‘of Queensland, M.A., F. Gregory, 5 A koe ‘Suaaies O.M.G., F.B.G.S., Geological Sur- veyor, bane. Haan. D Dr. alae Fe, C.M.G., Ph. D., F.B.S., F.G.S., Professor of f Geology, Canterbury College and Director of the Cathar ae tchurch, New Zealand. Hector, James, C .M.G., M. D., F. R.S., Director of the Colonial and Geological Survey of New Zealand, Wellington. Hooker, Bit Ped gpa ge ; mUS.E, M.D., OB., F.R.8., &e., f th Huxley, Professor, F.R.S., LL.D., F.G. 8., F.Z.8., F.LS., &., ch ae ne M‘Coy, Sradeik ‘ERS EGS "ii F.C.P.8., O.M.Z.S8., Pro ae of Natural Science i in the Me occ "University, Government egg t, and Director of the National Museu elbourn Mueller, ‘Sans Radian nd yon, K.C.M.G., re D., Ph.D., F.B.S., F.L.S., Government a Melbourn on Professor g R., M.D., D. C. S., LL.D., F.LS., F.G.S., V.P. es — Pike British Museum, London, Pasteur, Louis, M.D., Paris eons Os Dr., , Director of the Botanic Gardens, Adelaide, dall, John DO. L., Oxon., LL.D., Cantab., F. GS., &e., Profess or of Natural Philotophy in the Royal Tnstitution, bemarle-street, London oc., Victoria, Hor mn. Adelaide Phil. Soc., Hon. Hey New Zealand Institute, Hon. Mem. Linnean Soc., N.S.W., &e., Union Club, Sydne; CoRRESPONDING MEMBERS. Limited to Twenty-five. Clarke, Hyde, V.P. Anthropological Institute, 32, St. George’s Square, London, 8.W. Etheridge, Robert, junr junr., F.G.S., &c., The British Museum. Feistmantel, Ottokar, MD., Geologi Survey, Calcutta. i , Mel , K.C.M.G., Majo Guuial, R.E., Cannes, Elected. 1879 OxrtvaRy, 1884. Ordinary Members. Frazer, Hon. or M.L.C. Giblin, Vincen' Maclean, L. - J. MD., M.R.O.P., Lond., M.R.C.8. Shepher, T. W. mas, H, Arding. Honorary Members. Barlee, Excellency Sir F. P., K.C.M.G., late Governor of 0 nauras Bentham, George, F.R.8., V.P.LS., C.M.G. AWARDS or tur CLARKE MEDAL. Established in memory of Tur tate Revp. W. B. CLARKE, M.A., F.R.S., F.G.S., &., Vice-President from 1866 to 1878. o be awarded from time to time for meritorious contributions to the logy, Mine neralogy, or Natural orca of Australia, to men of science, Geo whether resident in Australia or elsewher 1878. 1879. 1880. 1885. Professor Sir Richard Owen, K.O.B., F.R.S., Hampton Court, Mr. George Bentham, C.M.G., F.R.S., The Royal Gardens, Kew. Professor Huxley, F.R.S., The Royal School of Mines, London. Professor F. M‘Coy, F.R.S., F.G.S., The University of Melbourne. Professor James Dwight Dana, Pre D., Yale College, New Haven, Conn., United States of Am Baron Ferdinand von shaia: ma O.M.G., M.D., Ph.D., F.BS., F.L.S., Government Botanist, Melbourne Dr. Alfred R. C. Selwyn, LL.D., ini PGS, Director of the Geological Survey of Canada, Otta Sir Jose oe oe Hooker, K.C.8.1., meat 8, Director of the Royal ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS. By the Hon. Professor Smitu, C.M.G., M.L.C., &c., President. [Delivered to the Royal Society of N.S.W., 7 May, 1884.] GENTLEMEN, In taking up once more the meetings of the Society, we have the satisfaction of looking back upon a fair amount of work and progress during the past year. Nine meetings were held in 1883, with an average attendance of about forty members. Thirteen papers were read, their titles and authors being as follows :—May 2, 1883, “‘ President’s A.ddress,” by Chr. Rolleston, C.M.G. June 6, “On the Aborigines inhabiting the great Lacustrine and Riverine Depression of the Lower Murray, Lower Murrumbidgee, Lower Lachlan, and Lower Darling,” by Peter Beveridge. July 4, “On the Wianamatta Shales,” by the Rev. J. E. Tenison-Woods, F.G.S., F.LS.: “Further Remarks on Australian Strophalosie, and Description of a New Species of Aucella from the Cretaceous Rocks of North-east Australia,” by Robert Etheridge, junr., F.G.8., &c. August 1, “On Plants used by the Natives of North Queensland, Flinders and Mitchell Rivers, for Food, Medicine, &c.,” by Edward Palmer, M.L.A., Queensland. September 5, “ Notes on the Genus Macrozamia, with Descriptions of some New Species,” by Chas. Moore, F.LS., V.P.: “A List of Double Stars,” by H. C. Russell, B.A., F.R.A.8.: “Some Facts connected with Irrigation,” by H. C. Russell, B.A., F.R.A.S.: “On the Discolouration of White Bricks made from certain Clays in the Neighbourhood of Sydney,” by E. H. Rennie, M.A., D.Sc. October 3, ‘On the Roots of the Sugar-cane,” by Henry Ling Roth. November 7, ‘On Irrigation in Upper India,” by H. G. M‘Kinney, M.E.: “On Tanks and Wells of New South Wales Water-supply and Irrigation,” by A. Pepys Wood. December 5, “Additions to the Census of the Genera of Plants hitherto known as Indigenous to Australia,” by Baron Ferd. von Miieller, K.0.M.G., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S., é&e. 2 ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS. Besides these formal papers, there have been short discussions on other subjects, and interesting specimens and apparatus have been from time to time exhibited. Two of the Sections—the Medical and the Microscopical—have kept up their meetings regularly, and have gone through a considerable amount of useful work. From the report of the Council just read you have learned that the Society has very nearly reached the maximum number of members allowed by the resolution passed about three years ago. The accessions last year more than balanced the defections by fourteen. The annual income keeps well up, being over £1,000, while the expenditure has been kept within the income by about £50. The debt on the building has been reduced by £400, and towards this Mr. Frederick Dangar gave the handsome donation of £50. The debt now stands at £1,100, and, although the interest upon this is by no means a heavy burden, yet it is desirable that it should be got rid of. The Society could make a better use of the money. For example, if we could afford to pay for the bringing out of the annual volume of “ Proceedings,” it could be placed much more promptly in the hands of the members. Our best thanks are due to the Government for their liberality in printing our volume, and the Government Printer turns it out in admirable style, but the exigencies of the Public Service stand in the way of a speedy execution of the work. We have algo to tender our thanks to the Government for the continuance of their annual contribution to our funds, in the pro- portion of one-half our subscriptions. It would be well, however, if we could do without this, and if the proper resources of the Society could be made sufficient for the whole of its expenditure. Three years ago the Society began to offer money-prizes for the best essays on prescribed subjects. These prizes are still offered, but they fail to bring the response that was expected. Only two have as yet been awarded. Last year nine essays were sent in, but, after careful scrutiny by all the members of the Council, none were considered to have sufficiently met the conditions. In 1882 twenty-one essays were received. This year we add the temptation ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS. 3 (such as it is) of a bronze medal to accompany the money-prize and it is hoped that the results may be more encouraging. The Clarke medal for this year has been awarded to Mr. Selwyn, Director of the Geological Survey of Canada, and who formerly held a similar position in Victoria. This is now the seventh medal that has been awarded since its institution. The vacancy in our limited list of honorary members caused by the death of Charles Darwin has been filled by the election of M. Pasteur, the well-known French chemist. Pasteur, in the course of a long life, has made many valuable contributions to chemical science, but he is best known to us by his successful researches into the nature of fermentation and the propagation of zymotic diseases. It was he that proved that the only effective agency in fermentation is a living organism, and that if this is hindered from ~ access to a fermentable liquid, or destroyed in the liquid, the fermenting process cannot go on. His valuable discoveries have brought him many honours in his own country. For example, in 1878 he was made Grand Officer of the Legion of Honour, and in 1882 he was appointed a member of the French Academy. He is also one of the fifty foreign members of the Royal Society of London. Towards the end of last year a Bill was introduced into the Chamber of Deputies to increase the pension allowed him by the Government. On that occasion M. Paul Bert gave a brief sketch of the great chemist’s labours, from which I extract the following, as published in an American paper :— “He was the first to prove that fermentation is simply the result of the development and nutrition of an infinite number of infi- nitely small organisms. He studied successively alcoholic, acetic, lactic fermentations, and the putrefaction of azotised matter, and arrived at the result that each is produced by a special organism. The question then arose as to the source of the germs producing fermentation, and among other theories was that of spontaneous generation. But this theory Pasteur disproved by showing that liquids most subject to change, like blood and milk, can be kept 4 ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS. in their natural state, exposed to the air, without previous prepa- ration of any kind, by simply preventing the germs of fermentation floating in the atmosphere from coming in contact with them. “But M. Pasteur’s labours have had practical results of the greatest importance to the world. The first practical applications of the truths discovered were made in the case of beer and wine, which were often subject to destructive secondary fermentations. The discovery of the cause and nature of fermentation enabled him to destroy by a determinate degree of heat the organized germs that produce these effects, Fermentation can be regulated by the tules laid down by him ; and now the manufacture of wine, beer, vinegar, &c., which was formerly carried on by empirical processes, is governed by science. “The next great work of M. Pasteur was undertaken at the request of the French Government, which requested him to study _ the ‘ pebrine,’ a disease which threatened to exterminate the silk- worms of France and Italy. He discovered the cause of the malady to be a microscopic organism developed in the silkworm. Then he showed that the eggs of the silkworm moths not containing “ cor- puscles” always produce healthy worms. This discovery solved the problem, and saved the important industry from destruction. In speaking of these discoveries Professor Huxley says that they are sufficient of themselves to offset the war indemnity of five milliards paid by France to Germany after the war.” Now, to fill up the remainder of the time usually occupied by a presidential address, I have, in default of anything better, strung together some gossip connected with scientific matters gathered during my recent visit to Europe. As it is now nearly a year since my return to Sydney, there must be to some extent a lack of novelty in what I have to bring forward, but I have had no sufficient leisure to provide anything more deserving of your notice. On the way homewards I made a break of the voyage at Bombay, and took a hasty run by rail to certain historic places in India. ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS. 5 Some notes of this Indian tour were published in the Sydney Morning Herald. Before reaching Bombay, two points of minor scientific interest came under my notice. In passing up the Arabian Gulf in January we had an excellent example of sea and land breezes—the latter beginning about midnight and freshening till about 9 a.m., bringing faint aromatic odours from the shore, then dying away with rapid rise of temperature to 83° or 84°, and being succeeded by the sea breeze about midday. The other item was the change of magnetic polarity in the stanchions and other upright pieces of wrought iron about the decks. South of Ceylon the lower ends of these had south polarity, but on passing up the Gulf they changed decidedly to north. Of course, in each case the upper ends presented opposite polarity. It is this changing of polarity in different hemispheres through the magnetic induction of the earth that makes the permanent correction of binnacle compasses impossible. It is fortunate, however, that certain parts of the ship are about neutral to the compass. At Bombay I visited the handsome new buildings of the Uni- versity, two large halls, a little distance apart. One for library and offices, with a tower 250 feet high, commanding the best views of the city, was built by a native gentleman; the other, for convocation, was built by joint contributions from a Parsee gentleman and Government. The latter is a beautiful structure, with arched stone roof, floor of marble and encaustic tiles, and painted windows. The University examines and confers degrees, but does not teach. I visited the Grant Medical College affiliated to it, with its contiguous hospital containing 600 beds, clean, cool, and airy. I was told that there were about 600 students going through the medical curriculum. Connected with the University T may mention an incident related to me by a fellow-traveller. While rambling in a town in Southern India he came upon a blacksmith’s shop, where two young natives were resting awhile from their labours, and improving the time by reading Balfour Stewart’s “ Elementary Physics” and Roscoe’s “ Elementary Chemistry,” with the view of matriculating in the University. 6 ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS. In travelling northward through Jeypore to Delhi, then south- ward by way of Agra, Cawnpore, and Lucknow, to Benares, and finally westward to Bombay, I was frequently struck with the amount of uncultivated land, and with the absence of forests. India is so densely peopled, and so much of the population is engaged in agriculture, that one would naturally expect the whole country to be subjected to husbandry ; but, as a matter of fact, large tracts lie waste, probably for want of water; and at the time of my journey, which was the dry season, active cultivation seemed restricted within the limits of irrigation. I was interested in observing that the methods of raising water from wells for irrigation were mostly the same as in Egypt ; but one process was new to me. It consisted of a huge water-bag, made out of a bullock’s hide, lowered down by ropes and pulleys to the bottom of the well, then drawn up by two or four bullocks, and, by a simple arrangement of the pulleys, when the mouth of the bag comes to the surface, the bottom is pulled higher, so that the contents are emptied into the channels which convey the water to the desired points. In regard to forests, I rarely in my journey of 2,400 miles saw anything that we in Australia would call “bush.” There were some patches about Delhi, and also near the Nerbudda, between Jubbulpore and Bombay, where, however, the trees were very young ; and, lastly, on the picturesque ranges which are crossed before reaching Bombay. Solitary trees, often of great size and beauty, were not uncommon, and many villages were embowered in leafy groves. In regard to temperature, although it was the coolest time of the year (January), the thermometer sometimes got as high as 95° in the shade. The nights were generally cold, and the daily range occasionally as much as 50°. We seldom had any wind, or not more than light airs; and as the sky was usually cloudless, the sun poured down its heat upon us without mitigation. This is not the place to enlarge upon the wonderful architecture of India, especially the old mosques and tombs of the Mogul ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS. ' 7 dynasty, exhibiting most graceful forms, executed in beautiful materials, and enriched with an exuberance and delicacy of orna- mentation which words fail to depict. To specify only one example of ornamental work—the perforated marble screens round certain tombs, and separating apartments or filling window spaces, are unique in their character, and so exquisite in design as to resemble the finest lacework. The lower part of such a screen, where not perforated, is often covered with a mosaic of flowers, birds, &c., in coloured stones. The tomb buildings are not only superb examples of decorated architecture, but usually they are surrounded by gardens full of bright flowers and fountains and noble trees. The gem of these Mogul tombs is admitted to be the Taj Mahal at Agra, of which the well-known writer on architecture, Fergusson, says: ‘There is not perhaps in the whole world a scene where nature and art so successfully combine to produce a perfect work of art as within the precincts of this far-famed mausoleum.” But I must return to more prosaic matters. We passed through the Suez Canal in the middle of February, and at that time the traffic was enormous. No fewer than twenty- two steamers going southward met us on the day before we reached Suez. At that port we were detained a day waiting for a chance of entering the canal, and while lying at anchor I counted forty steamers, mostly of large size, in the bay around us. It took us three days to get through to Port Said, and over three dozen steamers passed us in that time. At Port Said I counted twenty-six steamers, most of them waiting for permission to enter the canal. It was no wonder that an outcry arose for increase of canal accommodation, but the diplomatic difficulties seem greater than the physical, and nothing appears yet to be definitely settled. It is proposed by Baron Lesseps to cut a second canal ; but to an unprofessional mind it would seem more advantageous to double the width of the existing one, for then vessels could maintain a higher speed in the transit, and could pass each other at any point while underway ; whereas at present they can pass 8 ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS. only at appointed stations, which occur every 5 or 6 miles, -and those going one way must make fast to the bank. The speed also has to be restricted to about 5 miles an hour. Now in-a second canal of the same size the speed would still have to be kept low, and the grounding of a large vessel would block up the channel, as at present. On returning through the canal in April last year the appearance of traffic had greatly diminished. There were only two or three steamers at Port Said, and as many at Suez; and during our passage of forty-eight hours from one place to the other we met about two dozen going northwards. The charges on steamers are very heavy, amounting in our case to about £1 ,200, and the profits are said to be enormous. To resume the homeward journey. We were not allowed to land in Egypt, through fear of having cholera brought from India, and such of us as wished to proceed to Italy had to go on to Malta. From Malta I crossed to Sicily, and spent a few days on the east and north coasts of that picturesque island. A curious optical appearance on Mount Etna may be worth mentioning. We watched the sunset one evening from the ruins of a Greek theatre at Taormina, a village romantically perched on a steep and rocky mountain side, about 600 feet above the sea, and looking down upon the site of Naxos, the earliest Greek colony in Sicily. After the sun had disappeared behind the snowy crest of Etna, a speck of “bright silvery light, like a large star, remained for a few minutes at the point where the sun had vanished. The guardian of the ruins explained to us that this was not an unusual appear- ance. It was probably connected with reflections from fields of ice on the distant side of Etna; but, whatever the cause, it was certainly a striking and beautiful phenomenon. From Palermo we crossed to Naples. There I visited the Zoo- logical Station, superintended by Dr. Dohrn. It is admirably got up, and puts through a large amount of biological work, At the time of my visit there were seven naturalists and thirty-five servants on the paid staff A steam launch and boats were kept ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS. 9 for dredging, and the equipment included diving apparatus, arrayed in which Dr. Dohrn sometimes takes a walk at the bottom of the sea for the mere pleasure of it. There are forty tables available for work, but only fifteen were at that time occupied. Each table is charged £80 per annum. The German Government pays for ten, Cambridge one, and the British Associa- tion one. Each table has glass tanks with streams of sea-water running through them, besides other appliances. Three publica- tions are carried on to report the work of the station, all published at Leipsic. One of them is beautifully illustrated. The aquarium on the ground floor is admirably contrived, and is filled with most interesting and beautiful objects. A living torpedo is usually kept in a convenient place for giving shocks to visitors. I was told that the annual expense of said whole establishment amounts to about £5,000. Dr. Dohrn has attained to great success in preserving specimens of the most delicate forms of animal life without change of colour. Different species require different treatment. Some are killed by immersion in strong corrosive sublimate before transference to alcohol ; and it was discovered accidentally that the use of tobacco smoke in stupefying some jelly-fish was successful in preserving delicate colours that had always hitherto proved evanescent. Dr. Dohrn sent a large collection to the late Fisheries Exhibition, and the specimens (nearly 400 in number) were much admired for the extraordinary success attending their preservation. You may remember that in my address to the Society three years ago I called your attention to this Zoological Station at Naples, and to the efforts then being made by Baron Maclay to establish such a station here, and I asked you for contributions to assist in this enterprise. The Council, on behalf of the Society, made such a donation to the funds as to entitle it to nominate a worker in the laboratory, but no one applied for this privilege. I call your attention to the matter again, in the hope that some member of the Society may be disposed to take up biological investi- gations, and make use of the convenient laboratory now available. 10 ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS. At the University of Naples Professor Palmieri showed me his ingenious apparatus for recording any movements of the nature of earthquakes, but I took no notes of the instruments at the time, and cannot now recall the details. The University contains some very fine mineral specimens, and among these is the largest mass of rock crystal probably in the world. One prism must be 7 or 8 feet in girth. I ascended Vesuvius, and had the benefit of the funicular rail- way for the last and most difficult part of the way. The volcano being tolerably quiescent, we were able to stand on the outer rim of the crater and watch the explosions of steam and showers of scoria from the inner cone. So long as we kept on the windward side the position was safe and comfortable enough, except that the ground was very hot under foot ; but now and again the atmo- spheric eddies enveloped us in choking clouds of hot sulphurous steam, which could scarcely be breathed. The lava and ashes about the old crater were tinged with many and beautiful colours, chiefly by sulphur and its compounds ; and at some distance down the east side we came upon a stream of fluid lava about 2 feet wide, flowing sluggishly at a white heat down to a hollow far below us. On returning hot and weary to the upper station of the railway, we received the depressing news that the engine had stopped for want of water, and there was no help for it but to walk or slide down the cone of loose cinders and ashes for 1,000 yards to the lower station where carriages were waiting. The water for the engine had to be brought in carts from the foot of the mountain, but tanks were then being constructed for con- serving rain-water at the station. In passing northwards through Italy I embraced every oppor- tunity of visiting collections of philosophical apparatus in the various Universities and Scientific Institutions, in order that I might expend to the best advantage the money entrusted to me for the purchase of apparatus for the University here. At Rome, in the commodious new buildings erected for physical science, I saw some excellent electrical apparatus and air-pumps, made, ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS. 1l however, not in Italy, but in Paris. At Florence there were huge electrical machines and batteries, and an electrical pendulum, which had been oscillating between two dry piles for twelve years. Here also I noticed a simple method of purifying mercury by distillation at a low heat in vacuo. The Museum of Natural History in another part of the city is a noble collection, and the wax models, illustrating human and comparative anatomy, are probably unequalled in the world. The University of Padua I found rich in electrical machines and electro-magnetic engines. There isa pair of dry piles, with a light pendulum oscillating between them, as at Florence; but this one was made in 1830 by Zamboni, and has been going almost continuously ever since. It was explained to me that when the atmosphere is very dry the motion sometimes stops, but a piece of moist paper placed under the glass shade will start it again. I saw afterwards, at Verona, the house where Zamboni lived, and on a marble tablet attached to the wall he is styled the inventor of electric perpetual motion. Later in the year I saw at Oxford another of these electric pendulums, that had been going forty-two years. The University of Padua has now about 900 students and fifty professors, far outstripping its more ancient and celebrated neigh- bour at Bologna, which has now about 500 students. In its best days it is said to have numbered 10,000, though that probably is "an exaggeration. At Pavia, Turin, and Paris, and afterwards in various parts of England, I inspected collections of philosophical apparatus, and visited workshops where such apparatus ismade. These factories, especially where electrical appliances were turned out, had increased considerably in numbers, and the old ones had materially expanded since my previous visit to England twelve years ago. I need not, however, enter into further details on this subject, beyond stating that everywhere I found great activity prevailing in such factories, so much so that I had some difficulty in getting my comparatively ‘small orders attended to. E 12 ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS. The electric-lighting fever was raging when I reached England, and new patents were taken out and new Companies formed about every week. I took every opportunity of observing the electric light in actual use, and was fortunate in seeing the last of the Electrical Exhibition at the Crystal Palace. At the preceding Exhibition in Paris the arc light was the leading feature, but at the Crystal Palace the chief novelty was the incandescent light, which in the short interval between the two Exhibitions had come to the front. The incandescent light is far the pleasanter of the two, and is much steadier, but unfortunately it is much more expensive. In this important matter of expense it never seemed possible to get trustworthy returns, so that to the present day it is still a matter of debate whether gas or electricity affords the cheaper light. It is, however, generally understood that the are light for large spaces and outdoor work is less expensive than gas, but that the incandescent light for house illumination is usually more expensive. The are light, from its troublesome and unsteady character and unpleasant glare, has rather lost ground of late. I¢ is probably less used publicly at the present time in Paris, London, and other cities than it was two years ago, while the incandescent light, though far from perfect, seems steadily rising in favour. It would no doubt spread more rapidly if a durable, trustworthy, and not too expensive secondary battery could be supplied to regulate the light and diminish the risk of accidents ; but such a battery has still to be invented. Electric lighting has had the effect of stimulating and improving gas lighting. Many new forms of burner and lamp have been brought out, and gas has obviously a long career of usefulness before it. I had several good opportunities of comparing the two modes of street lighting in London and Paris, and there could be no doubt that the best examples of gas lighting were more successful than the electric lighting. It was softer, better diffused, steadier, and more agreeable to the eye. In the South Kensington Museum I saw some halls lighted with gas, and others with are lights, and no one could hesitate in giving the preference to gas ; ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS. 13 but, had the electricity been used through the medium of incan- descent lamps, the verdict might have been different. The finest examples of the latter kind of lighting which I came across were at the Savoy Theatre, in London, and the Alhambra Court in the Crystal Palace. In both these cases the lighting was very effective and agreeable. The dynamo-electric machines for generating the necessary currents were continually being improved; at all events, new patents were following in quick succession ; and I could not learn that any one form of dynamo was considered clearly superior to others. The number of fatal accidents that had occurred in the use of machines giving electricity of high tension was leading to the invention of machines of a different type, worked at lower speed, and producing currents of less intensity. I had an oppor- tunity of inspecting the largest dynamo-electric machine yet constructed, the invention of Mr. Gordon, Engineer of the Tele- graph Construction and Maintenance Company, at Greenwich. This machine weighed about 18 tons; the wheel carrying the revolving electro-magnets was 9 feet in diameter, and weighed 7 tons. When I saw it in action it was keeping up 1,300 Swan lights of sixteen or twenty candles each, but it was said to be capable of running 5,000 such lights. I visited the works of the Electric Power and Storage Company at Millwall, where about 400 men were employed in the manufacture of secondary batteries. The Faure-Sellon-Volckmar battery there made was the favourite one at that time, and great expectations were cherished of its value in promoting the applica- tion of electricity to lighting, and as a source of mechanical power. To exemplify the latter application, the Company had fitted up a boat with electric propeller ; it made frequent trips on the Thames, and attained a good speed. At the time of my visit there was also a street tramcar being fitted up with electric motive power; it was afterwards put in operation, but with doubtful success. By recent accounts I learn that secondary batteries have developed weaknesses which, if not overcome, wil stand materially in the way of their general adoption. 14 ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS. In connection with electrical appliances, I may mention the friendly rivalry that was going on at the time of my stay in England between the President of the Royal Society (Mr. ‘Spottiswoode) and Mr. Warren De La Rue—a rivalry unfortu- nately brought to a close soon afterwards by the lamented death of the former. These gentlemen were studying (among other electrical phenomena) the discharge through vacuous tubes, and for this purpose electricity of pretty high tension is required. Mr. Spottiswoode used induced electricity, and he had made for him the largest induction coil ever constructed. It had a primary coil of 660 yards, enclosing a core of iron wire weighing 67 lbs., and the secondary wire measured 280 miles. With thirty Grove cells this coil gave a spark 42 inches long. This powerful machine was ruined (as I understood) at the Paris Exhibition. He after- wards got an induction machine of the Topler variety, consisting of 85 pairs of ebonite plates, about 2 feet in diameter. I saw this in action, and it gave a splendid rush of sparks. Mr. Spottiswoode showed me also a large magneto-electric machine that he was getting made for the same experiments. Mr. De La Rue, on the other hand, sought to compass the same ends by battery electricity, and to obtain the necessary tension he had to multiply cells to a great extent. He invented the chloride of silver battery, in which the elements are chloride of silver and zinc, immersed in solution of sal ammoniac enclosed in a small test tube. Each cell hasan E.M.F. of 1 volt. He continued to add cells to this battery until at the time I saw it there were no fewer than 15,000. This number gave a spark three- quarters of an inch long. One of the pieces of apparatus that I was commissioned to get for the University was a polariscope of large size. My instructions were to get the largest Nicol prisms procurable, and my hunt after these was troublesome but at the same time interesting. I applied to all the principal dealers in these articles, and could find no prisms with so much as 2 inches aperture. I consulted with Professor Adams, of King’s College, Maer payee ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS. 15 and with Mr. Spottiswoode, both of whom had very fine instru- ments. That belonging to Mr. Spottiswoode was, I understood, the largest in the world, the diameter of the prisms being about 4 inches. He informed me that the supply of Iceland spar fit for making prisms had entirely stopped, the quarry being exhausted. He had tried to induce people to search for other deposits in Iceland, but without effect, and he advised me to secure the best prisms available without delay, as the market would soon be cleared. He said he believed there was only one large crystal in London remaining to be worked up; that there was a larger one at Copenhagen, but the quality was not so good; and that if I did not secure the English one it would likely soon go to America. It was some time before I could learn where this big crystal was to be found. There seemed a degree of mystery about it. At length I came upon the coveted prize in an obscure and dingy workshop, and speedily agreed upon terms for its purchase. It made a polariser of 2? inches aperture, but it was impossible to get an analyser of the same size, and I had to be content with one less than 2 inches. Now, however, the University is in possession of a fine instrument, there being only (as I was assured) three or four polarisers in existence of larger aperture. - Another instrument of far less pretension, in which I felt con- siderable interest, was the “ Rainband Spectroscope.” It is simply a direct-vision pocket spectroscope, carefully made, so as to give fine definition of the absorption lines. It was brought into prominence chiefly through the writings of Professor Piazzi Smyth, Astronomer Royal for Scotland, who extolled its value in prognosticating rain. One of these instruments, made by A. Hilger, I now exhibit. I have made frequent use of it for more than a year, and only on one occasion has it afforded me a distinct indication of rain prior to the usual atmospheric signs. This was at Melbournc, at the close of a day of hot wind, when the air seemed excessively dry, and no appearance of a change. Indeed, ordinary observers were prognosticating a hotter wind for next day ; but this little instrument showed the vapour bands with 16 ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS. | marked distinctness. The upshot was that the weather changed completely about midnight ; rain set in, and continued for several days. With this spectroscope I have frequently examined the red glows which at intervals for nearly eight months have afforded such grand and puzzling displays of nocturnal splendour. Even yet they occasionally irradiate the evening and morning skies, though shorn of their earlier glory. The spectrum of the red light appears to be almost identical with that of the ordinary red clouds which often attend the setting sun. I exhibit two diagrams, in which I have attempted to represent what I have seen with this spectroscope—first, when directed to a glowing sunset in the tropics, and, second, when directed to the red after-glow here. The two are substantially the same, the chief difference being on the red side of D, where in the case of the tropical sunset there is a distinct line, which I understand to be the special “‘rain-band,” and in the after-glow this line disappears in the general shading that stretches from D half- way to “a.” The line a between D and C is broader and denser in the after-glow than in the sunset. So far the evidence might be taken as showing that both phenomena arise from the same cause, namely, water in some form in the atmosphere ; but the spectro- scope is by no means able to settle this difficult question ; it analyses the light that comes to us, but does not identify the agency that decomposes and reflects the light. It is possible that the polarisation of the reflected rays might throw some light on the nature of the reflecting substance, but probably the light is too faint for such an observation ; at all events I have not seen any record of observations of this kind. You must all have watched and admired these strange and beautiful evening and morning displays, for which, by the way, we are in want of a good distinctive appellation, and no doubt you are all aware of the various explanations that have been put forth; but let me remind you of the leading features of the phenomenon. I have not myself been favourably situated for good observations, and I ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS. 17 therefore copy the following from an anonymous writer in the Herald :—‘‘I have observed the sun to set in a cloudless sky, coloured orange yellow ; the daylight seems to decrease for fifteen or twenty minutes after sunset, when I observe a whitish oval patch of light, at an altitude of 20° to 30° ; this rapidly changes in colour, becoming yellowish purple, pink, brick red, and crimson ; the coloured patch of light at the same time elongates and settles rapidly down on to the horizon, this phase ending about forty-five minutes after sunset. A second purplish patch now appears, at about 30° altitude, the horizon turning to a brown colour: this second patch is more widely diffused and its boundaries are more ill-defined than the first one; it changes to yellowish purple, yellowish red, brick red, and crimson, spreading in azimuth, and settles down on the horizon in about 100 minutes after sunset, when the last tinge of colour disappears.” My friend Mr. Comrie has supplied me (under date March 10) with some observations made by him at Northfield, Kurrajong Heights, about 1,870 feet above the sea :—“We first noticed them here the first week in September. They were not always red, but sometimes pink, deeper or lighter crimson, golden yellow, peculiarly bright, having the power of lighting up everything brilliantly, and often a deep rich orange. I have been watching them for months, and, although they have lost something in brilliancy, they are still (March 10) to be seen. We have also seen the bright red glow that precedes the sunrise, and have heard from others who have watched the morning glows more than I have been able to do, that they were at first finer, richer, and more extensive than the evening ones. A special feature of the evening glow is its not appearing till after the sunset glow has passed away and the evening shadows begin to fall. Then the objects on the lawn begin to lose their indis- tinctness, a sudden brightness envelopes them, and they stand out clear and distinct, clothed with a golden radiance which seems reflected everywhere, and for five or ten minutes the whole lawn is lighted up and glows like a fairy bower, when as suddenly as it came up in the heavens the glow passes away, and everything is speedily shrouded in darkness.” 18 ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS. My friend Mr. Wright, of Drummoyne, on the Parramatta River, informs me that the morning glow has frequently been more intense and rich than the evening, and that the river east- ward from Drummoyne has sometimes been, as it were, turned into blood. The grandest of these weird and flaming heralds of the morning occurred in the early part of last month, and previous to that there was a gorgeous display on the morning of March 1. One of the finest of the later exhibitions of evening glow at Sydney was on February 26, when the rosy light extended all round the horizon. Venus, in the west, shone with a beautiful green colour, complementary to the surrounding brilliant red. On March 13 there was also a fine display, with Venus showing distinctly green. Since then the evening glow has become rarer and more faint. Mr. Russell tells me that at Cobar, about 350 miles inland, the most brilliant display of evening glow was on February 24. I adduce also a description by Mr. Todd, C.M.G., Government Astronomer at Adelaide, because it brings out some further details, and to show that the phenomenon has the same character- istics there as here :—“‘On every clear evening during this month (October) and the last fortnight of September a peculiar phe- nomenon has been apparent in the western sky. Shortly after sunset a red glow will make its appearance at an altitude of about 50°, being very faint at first ; but, as the brightness of the sky near the horizon dies away with the receding sun, the red glow will expand downwards, becoming at the same time more brilliant, until at last the whole western sky will be lit up with a beautiful light, varying in colour from a delicate pink to a most intense searlet, and the spectacle presents a most brilliant appearance. The upper part will then gradually fade away, until the colour is noticeable only at 7° or 8° above the horizon, at which time the light is about its brightest. Afterwards a secondary glow will sometimes make its appearance at an altitude of about 50°, and gradually spread downwards until the sky is again lit up. In the secondary phenomenon the colours are generally more delicate. The whole thing will fade away about 8 p.m.” ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS. 19 No doubt you are aware that three explanations have been put forward to account for these remarkable appearances. The first is that they are due simply to water vapour at an unusual altitude. This, I think, must be set aside, for it is scarcely conceivable that the phenomena should be so rare were this the cause. The present generation has hitherto seen nothing similar, and there seems to be no distinct record of like appearances in former times, unless indeed the atmospheric phenomena of 1831 were of the same kind. It is true that Professor Piazzi Smyth and others aver that they observed like appearances some thirty years ago, but it appears to be generally admitted that the atmospheric phenomena referred to were connected with ordinary red sunsets, where the rich colour- ing is evidently produced by the action of the sun’s rays on water or ice in fine particles, and that the late appearances are of a different character; and even if it were conceded that in some one part of the earth water vapour might occupy an unusual position and produce unusual displays, is it at all probable that within a limited period a like condition of water-vapour should prevail over the whole earth, and continue for months ? The second, and apparently the most popular, explanation is that the wonderful decomposition and reflection of light has been caused by fine dust, emitted during the great eruption of Krakatoa in the end of August last year ; and the third hypothesis is the same in so far as dust is concerned, but differs in regard to the origin of the dust, accounting it to be of meteoric or cosmical origin, instead of an emission from a terrestrial centre. Now in favour of the volcanic origin we are informed that dust as actually collected from new-fallen snow at Madrid on Decem- ber 7, very similar in composition to dust that had fallen near Krakatoa. Volcanic dust (of a different character however) was also found in new-fallen snow at Philadelphia on January 22; and at Constantinople on December 2 there was a shower of a white — substance like snow, of saltish taste and soluble in water. On the previous night there had been a gorgeous display of colour, the crimson glow being visible an hour and a half after sunset, and 20 ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS. on the morning of December 2 the same magnificent colour flooded the eastern sky long before the dawn. I understand that at other places also, dust from the atmosphere has been collected, more or less resembling a volcanic product. But the argument chiefly relied on is the fact that the splendid colouring on the twilight skies began to be observed immediately after the great eruption, and that the phenomena seemed to spread from Krakatoa asa centre. A careful examination, however, of recorded dates makes this last fact very doubtful; and in regard to the former, I have been assured by Mr. Baracchi of the Mel- bourne Observatory that exactly the same atmospheric appearances were frequently seen by him at Port Darwin as early as February of last year. Of course Krakatoa had nothing to do with these. The evidence obtained from a comparison of dates is open to a good deal of uncertainty, inasmuch as in many cases the first appearance of the colours was not noted or has not been definitely published. Even here in Sydney I am unable to fix the date of first appearance, nor have I been able to obtain definite first dates for Melbourne or Adelaide ; but if we can determine within even a few days the time of first appearance at a considerable number of places, we may be able to judge how far the eruption of Kraka- toa might account for the necessary distribution of dust. The earliest date of the abnormal appearances that I can find (leaving out of view for the present the case of Port Darwin) is August 28, at the Seychelles, and on the same date at Karachi, the former place being 3,000 miles west of Krakatoa, and the latter about as far to the north-west, the two places being about 2,000 miles asunder. The great eruption occurred on the after- noon of August 26, through the following night, and during the forenoon of the 27th, and we are at once met with the difficulty of conceiving how dust could travel so rapidly. We have certainly ~ no reason to suppose that the higher aerial currents ever move so fast. If it should be supposed that the earth’s rotation had anything to do with it, then we are confronted with a record at Yokohama, on the 29th, 3,200 miles to the north-east ; and at New ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS. 21 Ireland on September 1, 2,700 miles to the east. Again, we havea record at Maranham, in the north of Brazil, on August 31, 9,000 miles to the west, so that the dust must have travelled 2,000 miles per day westward from Seychelles. An inconsistent observation comes from the Gold Coast, September 1, 6,300 miles to the west— inconsistent I mean with the supposition that the dust came from Krakatoa ; but it is not fatal to that supposition, as a cloudy sky may have hidden the first red glow on the Gold Coast. On Sep- tember 2 we have the phenomenon recorded at Trinidad, 10,000 miles west, and at Panama, about 1,000 miles further west. The latter case gives a movement of 1,000 miles per day westward from Brazil. On September 2 it appeared also in Peru. On September 3 we have a record from a ship 4,000 miles west of Panama ; but this can scarcely be connected with the westerly movement, and we must turn again to the easterly. On Septem- ber 1 we had the phenomenon at New Ireland. From that to the place of the ship above indicated is an eastward course of 3,600 miles, giving 1,800 miles per day. Honolulu lies about 900 miles north-west from the position indicated, or 6,000 E.N.E, from Krakatoa, and there the phenomenon occurred first on September 5, quite inconsistent with the previous case. But, waiving this anomaly for the present, it seems to me quite im- possible that upper currents of the atmosphere could carry dust from Krakatoa eastward and westward simultaneously at such a prodigious rate. If the dust came from Krakatoa, then the only agency that seems capable of dispersing it is electrical repulsion, and to that view there are serious objections. On September 8th we have the first record at Ceylon, 1,600 miles to the north-west, although at Karachi, 1,400 miles further in the same direction, the record is August 28. Ongole, Septem- ber 9th, 500 miles northwards from Ceylon, and Madras, not so far north, both agree well with the Ceylon observation. At these places, as at some others, the first appearance noted was the green colour of the sun ; but as this seems undoubtedly to be caused by the same agency that produces the red glow, it is not necessary to distinguish the two phenomena in giving dates. 22 ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS. Early in September, probably about the end of the first week, we began to have the magnificent red skies at Sydney, 3,000 miles south-easterly from Krakatoa; and the same approximate date will answer for Melbourne and Adelaide. About the same date we have a record from Virginia, and a little later from the west coast of South America, both of which agree tolerably well with the record at Panama and Trinidad on September 2. At the Cape, 5,200 miles south-westerly, the first appearance was on September 20. Comparing Sydney and the Cape, we find the dispersion occurring simultaneously at about the same rate to the S.E. and S.W., but this rate is very much slower than the E. and W. dispersion. The next place in order of time for which I have a date is Sapporo, in the north of Japan, 3,800 miles N.E., where there was a red sun and fall of ashes on October 13. Santa Barbara, 8,000 miles E.N.E., October 14, although San Francisco, not far away, seems to have had nothing till November 23. On November 9 the red skies were first seen in England, about 6,300 miles north-westerly, giving 85 miles per day of dispersion, although places much nearer Krakatoa on the same bearing were later. For instance, Constantinople, 1,300 miles nearer, gives November 20; Italy, November 25; Berlin, November 28 ; and Madrid (a little further away than England), about the same date. These cases do not at all correspond with the supposition of a dispersion from Krakatoa. November 23 is the date given at Iceland. On November 27 we have the first record from New York and the north-eastern States of America, 10,200 miles E.N.E. On that date we are told that the fire-engines were tuurned out at Poughkeepsie, on the Hudson, under the impression that a great conflagration was goingon. This date is inconsistent with that from Virginia early in September. If we suppose that the dust travelled westward from England to New York, it would give us a rate of about 167 miles per day. If we try the eastward movement, we get a much slower rate from Honolulu (48 miles per day), although up to that point it ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS. 23 must have travelled 667 miles per day. On the same day that the red skies appeared at New York, they appeared also at Victoria, British Columbia, about 2,200 miles westward. It seems needless to pursue the matter further. If these dates are at all trustworthy, we cannot account for them by dust from Krakatoa, for neither winds nor electrical repulsion would explain such erratic movements. Another difficulty in the way of admit- ting that Krakatoa is the source of the dust, is the persistency of the phenomena. Here at Sydney we have enjoyed frequent dis- plays of the rich celestial colourings for nearly eight months, and, although they have become fainter in the evenings, I am assured that some of the morning glows, within the last few weeks, have been as grand as ever. We are driven, therefore, to conclude that the dust, if dust is really the agent in question, must have been meteoric, and had its origin outside our earth. The dates however require fresh examination ; and this will, no doubt, be done effectually by the Committee lately appointed by the Royal Society of England to investigate the whole matter. It now only remains for me to induct my successor, Mr. Russell your newly elected President, and to take my leave. 25 On the Removal of Bars from the Entrances to our Rivers. By WALTER SHELLSHEAR, Assoc. M. Inst. C.E. [Read before the Royal Society of N.S.W., 4 June, 1884.] THE removal of bars from the entrances to our rivers is a work of national importance, directly affecting as it does the progress and trade of the whole group of Australian Colonies, and in New South | ape on this subject may not, therefore, be without interest to the members of this Society. The coast of New South Wales might not inaptly be described m but in some few instances they pass into rock-bound inlets of considerable depth, notably in the case of ~ Hawkesbury River. The formation of bars at the entrances to our rivers is mainly due to the action of the waves in lifting large cuahisties of sand as they pass into shallow water, the sand being carried up the estuary by the incoming tide, and is deposited as soon as it is beyond the i the when the tide and waves are left to themselves, the tendency is to close the entrance altogether. To this is to be attributed the oe state of our river mouths in time of prolonged drought. is point is very forcibly brought out in the notes on the Admiralty charts, where it is stated that certain entrances are only open after a heavy fresh. The opinion that bars are mainly formed by the action of the waves is held by many leading authorities on the subject. Mr. / 26 ON THE REMOVAL OF BARS FROM which he referred was that of the tidal and river scour. He might say that that theory, now thirty years old, had been fully confirmed by his subsequent experienc. * * * * It wa further known that those bars were always worst after a pre- valence of on-shore wind and heavy sea, and were best when the river was in flood. * * * * The waves were the true ‘de- positors’ of the bar, the river was only an ‘excavator,’ and there would still be all the phenomena of a bar at the mouths of estu- aries, although the river water did not bring down a single particle of suspended matter. ni If his bar theory, as applic- able to tidal rivers, was right, it clearly followed that, if the pier heads were carried into water of sufficient depth to prevent the as d 3 z. ee Z 5 ¢ 5 3:—* “With reference to the bar at sand of which the bottom of the bay is composed; the lower stratum of the water becomes therefore surcharged with sand, which is carried along by the tidal current.” Sir John Coode, remarking on the formation of bars, says :— 3 «They were formed almost entirely by the sea, some rivers illustrating this in Australia. At the Swan River, on the coast Western Australia, facing the Southern Ocean, with very little tide, there was a bar of the worst possible description ; while the arra, at Melbourne, which discharged into a sheltered embay- ment at the head of Port Phillip, though it had a rise of tide pre- cisely the same as the Swan River (about 2 feet), had no bar, simply because it was in a sheltered position, and there was no — 1 Minutes, Inst. C.E., vol. xxxvi, p. 236. 2 “ Engineerin g yy, 1 08. 3 Minutes, Inst. C.E., vol. viii, p. 130. THE ENTRANCES TO OUR RIVERS. 27 heavy wave action to throw up the material to form a bar.” The same remarks are equally true in the case of the Hawkesbury no bar. The contrary effect is seen in the case of the Richmond River, where the entrance is dnt to the wave action ; con- sequently a bar obstructs the entrance. ely deduce alge this that, in order to cope perman ently and saison Wi the sand, it is necessary to ex tend sa and upland waters, so that their force may be used to the best advantage in combating the mischievous action of the waves. Sir John Coode’s observations show that the movement of the sand from the beach seaward a ways terminates in about 3} fathoms, and in his works he goes pon the broad principle of passing beyond the line of disturbance.!' This demonstrates the advisa- “the effect of wave action is at least a hundredfold greater than that of the tidal action.” And if this be so, it clearly proves the necessity of breaking the — of the waves before they have an opportunity of throwing u ‘Mr. Walter Raleigh Brown M.A., M. Inst. C. E., speaking opinion, was to concentrate all efforts upon one point, in order to p a clear and deep channel at that pla ernon Harcourt, C = : in reply to the discussion be formed with solid a 0 starting from the shore at some distance apart, and converging at their extremities, which should be carried into as deep water as pn 2S cable.’ on our cic in other parts of the world—that is, bar harbours situated on rapidly shelving coasts. The entrance to the Tyne (plate No. 1) has many points of resem- blance to our rivers. Upon an examination of the chart of the Tyne in 1813, it will be seen that at that date it was in almost exactly the inutes, Inst. C.E., ¢ Minton Tusk OE, sax ssn Inst. C.E., ea Kies, 28 ON THE REMOVAL OF BARS FROM same state as our principal rivers are at present, namely, nearly blocked by a shifting sand-bar, with deep water on either side. transformation has been made in this entrance by the carrying out of judiciously planned works. By the construction of the two same time the tidal scour has been greatly improved by reason of the large area enclosed by the breakwaters. The foreshore has only slightly advanced, and from the rapidly increasing depth sea- ward there is little danger of any serious trouble from this cause. south breakwater, a considerable improvement has already taken place, the bar having been lowered several feet. plans were suggested early in the present century for further improving the entrance, and if possible for the removal of the bar. Eventually it was decided to construct the great north wall, start- ing some distance up the coast and converging towards the end of the great south wall, thus enclosing a great tidal area for scouring purposes, at the same time forming, with the south wall, a sort of nozzle, directing and concentrating the action of the tide on the bar, and likewise protecting the inside harbour from the waves. the entrance, they have been designed so as to make the best E ible use of the available scouring power, and their success is established by the fact that the bar ha: THE ENTRANCES TO OUR RIVERS. 29 extent of 10 feet. The following table gives a = account of the effect of these works since their completion Rate of _| Minimum Increase increase of ig tow on Bar Date. depth on Bar! Interval. | of minimum}! minimuny | at standard at low-water. depth de = per ieiewatey, ear. ft. in. years. ft. in in. ft. in 1822 Sates eh tO ee 9 3 1828 oe 6 6 3 3 6°50 226 1833 10 6 5 1 0 2°40 23 6 1856 13 0 23 3. 6 1°82 26 0 1873 16 0 17 3 0 gg Bg 29 0 An interesting —_ of the Dublin works will be found in Mr. I. J. Mann’s paper on “The Removal of River Bars by Induced Tidal Scour,” published i in Engineering, vol. 26, from which paper ~ above table has been taken. Another history will be found in e “Minutes of the Institution of Civil Engineers,” vol. lviii, in a paper by Mr. J, P. Griffith, M. Inst. C.E. From these cases it will be noticed that there are certain fixed principles involved in each and all of them. The first is that the the ae out of the works. The third is that, whilst the flood- tide approaches from all directions, and any material it may bring in is deposited near the entrance, as soon as it arrives in compara- tively still water the ebb-tide and the upland waters having their forces directed and concentrated in a certain fixed — are therefore able to remove, and =~ well out to sea, a it that may have been left by the flood-tide, and at int same time Having so far endeavoured to bring forward general principles, itis now proposed to see how they can be applied in dealing with our rivers ; and in doing so, it must be remembered (to quote the words of Sir John Hawkshaw) “that there is nothing more certain than ' that each one must be dealt with according to its own special régime.’ At the entrance to the Hunter River, Newcastle, there is a remarkable i of a natural breakwater, illustrating the advantage of protection works (natural or artifici tending into deep wate to the plan of the river taken in 1816, extending from the mainland to Nobby’s Head. But as this reef only afforded peskial shelter, we find the waves struggling with the { 30 ON THE REMOVAL OF BARS FROM brought about by the ia ie ‘Gaitinturbed action of the tidal and upland water scour. At the present time, the entrance the great curvature of the river at ce harbour, the effect of which, as is well-known, is to cause the currents to scour out deep holes at certain points, and to throw up banks and others, and there is no doubt that this action will necessitate a large amount of dredging to keep the harbour of uniform depth. In investigating how far the general principles set forth above, and illustrated by the works at the Tyne, Tees, and Liffey, may be applied in dealing with our rivers, it may be well to take the Rich- mond and Clarence Rivers as examples ; and, in dealing with these cases, to show how, with modifications to suit local circumstances, they may be generally applied to the other rivers along our coast. The Richmond River (plate No. 4) flows through one of the most fertile districts of the Colony, and is navigable for vessels of moderate size for some distance from the entrance ; but, as is about 6,000 feet. The North Creek joins the main river at nearly right angles, opposite the centre of the entrance, thus forming a somewhat complicated combination. The general tendency of the the heads, with the exception of a nurrow channel under the ead, and occasionally there is a second channel at the South Head, but this is not permanently navigable. In attempting to improve this entrance, the first thing to be conside: Pd is at what point should the entrance channel be fixed 5 possible, , to act jointly upon our fixed sre on the bar. 7 THE ENTRANCES TO OUR RIVERS. 31 at the case with the above ip aA before us, it appears ca the best point on whic ocus our large available scouring power, would be in the eo of A on the plan, as near av would be necessary in order that the tidal and Scere water scour prove the South Channel. Secondly: By the construction of a wall from the pilot station in a south-easterly direction, crossing the sandbank, and terminating by a breakwater of about the works. The northern works would protect the entrance from the north-easterly and easterly weather, re as is well-kno own, are the principal agents in heaping up bars ; they would, in conjunc- tion with the southern breakwater, direct and concentrate the d water to carry the sand well out to sea. Considering the large amount of tidal water available, and the great depth of the sea a short distance from the entrance, there can be no doubt that, ina short time after the completion of these works, there would ‘be a sufficient depth at the a a to enable the largest steamer afloat to enter ; moreover, the lower reach of the river being protected from the prejudicial action of the waves, and having its direction fixed by the position of the entrance, would soon make for itself a permanent deep channel. Judging from the effect of the pau at Dublin, where an in- significant river has been made available for a first-class shipping trade, by the correct application of sound principles, the author has every confidence in predicting that, if works were carried out on the lines proposed, this great natural highway, which is now closed to all except small steamers and coasting craft, would be which, as far as enhancing the value of property and increasing the prosperity of this district, cannot well be ganged, or, in these times of advancement, even imagine the maturest con- sideration of this case, the author feels pucnnel that, by the ap- plication of the most modern and improved construction, these works rig be carried out for a sum not exceeding £200,000 or £220,00 ‘The cae (plate No. 5) is undoubtedly the most important of all the rivers of this Colony running into the Pacific. It flows 32 ON THE REMOVAL OF BARS FROM through one of the most productive districts of New South Wales ; and from the wonderful richness of the soil, there can be little doubt that this district is destined to play an important part in the development of the great agricultural resources of this Colony. But for the existence of the bar at the entrance of this great al means of internal ’ stretching away to the table-lands of New England and beyond. The pressing necessity, therefore, of removing this obstruction to the progress of this important part of the Colony cannot be over- estimated. In examining this case the same contending forces are seen at work—namely, the struggle between waves and tide, the result being that the entrance has been driven into a most awkward corner by the action of the north-east winds, the river being di- verted from its straight course into one of the most ugly bends imaginable, with the result that, instead of a good channel, we see a succession of deep holes and sandbanks, and to make matte worse there are several dangerous sunken rocks in this already uninviting entrance. Nature has done much towards the removal There should be no great difficulty in fixing the entrance and removing the bar, considering that Nature has provided ‘ and north-easterly weather. Atthe same time, the channel should be straightened by cutting through the spit, and deflecting the stream from the south side of the river by the construction of a dyke from the south bank to Rabbit Island, extending a short distance into the main channel. The breakwater, once constructed, the removal of the spit would be an easy matter ; for by cutting a narrow canal parallel with -street, Iluka, the tide would soon complete the work of cutting a good channel. The new THE ENTRANCES TO OUR RIVERS. 33 channel being straight, the banks would moreover require but little a as se would — hee rs to the excavating action ble curved ¢ The Tivastages of this saab of | treatment must be commendable to the most casual observer. Firstly—The entrance tected on the south by the South Head, and on the north by the breakwater, extending into deep water, the protection from the waves is complete. Moreover, the channel being straightened, the tidal and upland waters, unimpaired by any abrupt changes of oe sae do the work of maintaining and improving the hannel, an the same time keeping the entrance clear of all aaa: asdeiis The entrance being well protected and in deep water, and the channel being straightened and removed from the neighbourhood of the sunken rocks, the port would be made available for the passage of large vessels, and could be. entered without danger in all weathers. The benefit that would follow the opening up of this seaport, and the increased wealth and prosperity it would confer upon this valuable portion of our territory, does not require to be enlarged upon inthis paper. The- straightening of the entrance channel would be by no means as formidable an undertaking as it at first appears, for with the pro- posed breakwater once constructed, this would be the natural course of the river. A remarkable instance of the ease with which the channel of a paratively inexpensive dyke, the centre of the channel of this. eat river was shifted from the west to the east bank, a distance of nearly 2,000 feet ; and i in a few months the river cut for itself a entrance to the Clarence has been compared to that of the Hunter, and it has been argued that works carried out on similar lines in the two cases should have like results. Careful consideration will show that there is but little grounds for such conclusions. The long ipcitees of N. E winds has a very srejudicial effect on the river entrances exposed to them, as is evidenced by the heap- ing up of the sand at all such rivers ; thus clearly showing the 1 See Railrood Gazette of New York, for November 30, 1883. 34 ON THE REMOVAL OF BARS FROM necessity of treating each case according to its own special require- ments. To carry out the works proposed by the author at the entrance to the Clarence would probably cost about £150,000 to £160,000 coming to the above conclusion as to the best method of h iffey, Danube, the Kurrachee mouth of the Indus, and the recent great works at the mouth of the Mississippi, in all of which cases the object kept in view has been the protection of the entrance from the wave action, and improving the scour by making the entrance channel as straight as possible ; whereas the existing works on the Clarence, in his opinion, merely deal with the “result” brought about by the disturbing action of the waves and tide, instead of treating with the “cause” by protecting the tidal action from the disturbing action of the waves, which would be the case if the works proposed by the author were carried out. The entrance to the Bellinger River is rather a complicated case, judging from the country map and the Admiralty chart, and in the absence of a detailed chart of the river it would be unwise to The entrance to the Macleay River is one that would require careful study ; but as it is well protected on the south by Trial Bay, and having a large volume of tidal water available for main- taining the entrance, there should be no great difficulty in acquiring a satisfactory channel across the bar. entrance from the north-easterly weather, and at the same time Meet sss Nee een en, ea fa aah es THE ENTRANCES TO OUR RIVERS. 35 As to the best system of carrying out such works as are pro- posed in this paper, great strides have of late years been m i this branch of civil engineering, by the use of Jarge concrete blocks, breakwaters having been constructed at a speed altogether unknown a few years since. us, 710 feet were added to the Manora Breakwater, Kurrachee, in less than four months, by the use of concrete blocks of 27 tons each, placed in position by suitable machinery ; at the same time this work was carried out at avery moderate cost compared with similar work under the impossible to carry out except at an enormous outlay, but for the aid of this most valuable material. Another great advance has been made in the direction of cheapening such works, by the use of large mattresses made of fascine, which, when sunk in position, prevent the sand from being washed out. Layers of stones are placed on these mattresses, which in their turn are covered with other mattresses, the work being thus well bound together. This system has been used with great advantage in America, and has recently been adopted in Holland, where the extensive works at the mouth of the river Maas have been carried out on this system at a very moderate cost, and at the same time giving great satisfaction. In conclusion, the author’s apology for bringing this subject under the notice of the Royal Society of New South Wales is its vital importance to the best interests of the coast districts of the Colony ; the improvement of the river entrances being the principal study of the subject extending over several years, a m personal inspection of many important harbours, the author is convinced that all that is necessary to ensure success in treatment of our different rivers is: “The close observation of physical features and effects, and the adoption of means to assist e operations of Nature instead of opposing them”—that is (as expressed in the charter of the Institution of Civil Engineers), “ directing the great sources of power in Nature for the use and convenience of man.” : . The paper was illustrated by numerous charts and maps, from which plates 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 have been prepared. ee pate oe x Lae Soe « aise 4 a ee Pie haope de, gla? ute . fs 7 ee , , “¥ : iy : gi i f 1 O95 Te 30 32. | ENTRANCE To me RIVER TYNE.1875. "05s¢ a : it : ‘ag fhe tee 280 fac e, a5 9 WBUg 4 is) ee cH ; Y E i 7 OB iret ‘ 28 ENTRANCE To THe TYNE 1813. v'MIDDLE,:* HS " scare ‘= fo bg TYNEMOUTH oe es ae ; a 207 : ; Pi , * re ao 30 Pas ee: va eM 7 tee" ; 2 ea ‘ ¥¥ 4 of a 29 4 at &? G Fe ee bie ia : 7 < % See The Datumis iS feet befowa Notch cut : oa eee i ; aie + St mo : 3! 34 4e . hn . : 3 46 ; * ne Poe hy 3 : IL ‘ Ms 9 a pe : lg r ~ : ee 2 : : | sat yur ite p See ‘ ae : Seale of feet Pe a : ie Soka Shee ; “ t ee & Ny $00 1006 ta Ri a ae Oe ae uy a" aC NoTE. The Datum i5 [5 feet below iC ey Bre aes : sae tnd © : t Kath cut in agate af i oe é aha Rss Fry t Lpithovesvng he rele ae 9 36 40 Mbaaey torts. “ 5! ud Wes cog i le 2 S 4 furlonys 7 20 23 27 23 nite ve 7k aa” "TEES BAY. t iad a 48 60 66 v2 66 . Se ae SF ’ rs # A : | yet re as *? are | : ~ a y . 4 4 a . ¥ 33 7 <= i oe “% + - ‘ ye = Ses ae ot epree. j ~* 4 - wrod, ie Pte fa oe we Beto, ‘ Se aA a . Pins Os Ips,%< i. ¥ . ° > 70 Cabl es +Sea Mile Mere Seunclings we Feet & ins at Low water of drdinary Springs, ag ® ; NORTH STRAND. %@ He y ME ae = t . e Ss : es : 9 \ aor Peete a oxy ; ard by \ ~ ‘ br bs Poe es “TS sod . 2 . s e uo TF a Sin ge tS Pak os bi ee ere ea ghee wus + .Y ‘ _— Weace a, . , u Fie a =, Ht h.* ¥ i 8, L e: ~ % - ° : a pith 3 ea . : - ‘ ee oe . hs . s * . : am 5 eee ee bi ss 1 : : On ¢ \ . roe ee is . re . Y . Lat BaP . : hoor € \ Woe ae ete 8 : P ee) ey ae . peony Prec : : : \ : 4 \ 'goz, ‘ \ ey ; State Scale wee wy gee { SMILES | 4 | ' 2 Sarmaits Ll HE GOVT. PRINTING OFFICE. SYONEY, NEW SOUTH WALES. | of Tie Liadon Sh lhor E34 PHOTO-LITHOGRAPHED Ar 7, Fal sex WEST BAL Pacer eae Mh ns rena Maru phy Matthiwr poly abe In Ler Wi O-LITHOGRAPHED AT THE GOVT. . Soundings in feet. Rise aVellef Vids at Heads 47 CLARENCE RIVE ee gape ony g Township Tae ee Zz ae ~ Pawerine OFNICS, YONGY, NEW SOUT Pron am a7) Tit hha sie laas - hal "2 ; nw Seon, Siem Berereerreeeeeie ” j eee, a o®, A OO, non mina 2 Ae 2 ¢ 2 2. 3 awe * oS aherusmeet Soy r cecnaate eeee 4 v ST Pee tog’ omer - On 4 Meare A ce erem ewan ° f, dg - « aes 43.908 de, See ee Sb abe bd tt meee cee ete or, eee wee - wn eS Pe tetas Ot cd POLO QOe Me, “aH oe? ; Pd 7 tees gee #* ce Suen thee Aino en sE— AREt= Notes on Gold. By A. Letsivus, Ph.D., M.A., F.C.S. [Read before the Royal Society of N.S.W., 2 July, 1884.] 1. On a remarkable oceurrence of gold in Queensland.—Towards the end of 1882 three brothers, named Morgan, discovered about 25 miles from Rockhampton, near the Dee River, auriferous eposits, which, not only on account of their richness, but the size of a finger, and in which the gold is readily seen finely disseminated, as shown by samples brought here to-night. convenience of the miners, so that a quarry or d terrace has ed. The cutting is 20 feet high and about 100 feet long, and the stone is of the same character the whole distance. extends to the summit of the mountain, several chains higher,” 38 NOTES ON GOLD. It is then carted about half a mile to No. 1 battery.” There are two batteries, one of ten the other of fifteen stampers, where about 230 tons are passed through per week. The before-mentioned paper says :-—‘‘ The owners here possess an apparently inexhaustible deposit of auriferous quartz, and are able to mine it for almost a quarter of the usual cost. They are very reticent as to the amount of stone they are putting through and the yield obtained ; but we understand about 100 tons are being crushed at No. 1 battery, and 130 at No. 2, weekly. The return is said to be not less than 5 ozs. to es ton. While, however, especially from a geological point of view, the occurrence of this gold is highly interesting, the character of the gold obtained is not less so. Lock, in his work on gold, published 1882, says :—“ No gold has yet been found in nature unalloyed with silver,” yet this gold from the Mount Morgan Mine, of which since February last already over 10,000 ozs. have been received as retorted gold at the Sydney Mint, is found to be free from silver— a minute trace excepted. I have brought some of this retorted gold rolled out very thin to show its toughness. It assays 99 and 7-10ths per cent. of gold ; the rest is copper, with a trace of iron. Gold assaying 99 and 7-10ths per cent. is worth £4 4s. 8d. per 0z. from 1 i i high as 99 and 8-10ths. per cent. It is, as far as I know, the richest native gold hitherto found. The richest gold next to this comes, I believe, from Maryborough, Victoria, which assays 99 and 3-10ths per cent. ; while that from its namesake in Queensland contains only 85 per cent. gold. F. B. Miller, in his paper on “Gold-refining by Chlorine Gas,” read before this Society in 1869, alludes to the curious fact that as a rule the gold contains more silver as we go northwards, giving the average fineness of ip tee i as 96 per cent., New South Wales, 93 per cent., and Q and, 87 per cent. He sa: says, how- ever, «these are averages any. Tei is not is be supposed that there is a regular and consecutive diminution in fineness with e degree of latitude we go north. ar are exceptional localities in the north of this Colony, as at Rocky River, where the gold is over 96 per cent.” To these exceptions le must now add the gold from ount Morgan. — NOTES ON GOLD. 39 Having now shortly described the remarkable occurrence and purity of this Mount Morgan gold, a not less interesting, though dinary quartz-crushing and amalgamating machinery. The Capricornian says :—“The tailings which are being stored are said to contain as much gold as is saved, and as they will be subjected to treatment at a future date, the result will be highly advantageous to the owners.” Having the small quartz- I have had an opportunity of testing this fact. In November last we received, through Mr. Hall of Sydney, 458 Ibs. of this ferru- ginous quartz, part of it consisting of picked stone. It was carefully crushed and amalgamated in the Chilian mill, with 240 e loss of gold by boiling in hydrochloric acid was no doubt due to the action of this acid upon manganese in the ore, whereby chlorine ments have been made by which the tailings will presently be treated at the mine by the chlorination process, whereby the gold 40 NOTES ON GOLD. is dissolved by an aqueous solution of _— gas, and precipitated . ould, by hydro-sulphuric acid. It w however be interesting to see whether some or any of pe numerous iri gold-extracting machinery or appliances would be able to overcome the difficulty, and to treat economically and sige desa these tailings or the original ore. That it would be of great advantage both to a patentee and the owners of this mine is par _ While on this subject I may be permitted to allude to the want in this Colony of a mining laboratory, supplied with all the appli- ances, not only for examining ores, but for extracting by the most approved methods their metalliferous treasures on a large scale. Of course such an establishment would be both extensive and I have brought here one of the printed circulars issued by the celebrated Government Smelting Works of Clausthal, Freiberg, and Hisleben, in Germany. This circular gives the price-list for extracting different metals, such as gold, “silver, copper, lead, bismuth, ‘cobalt, nickel, arsenic, and zinc from their ores, as we as for treating Mint and jeweller’s sweep. From this it will be seen that the German Government not only makes use of these establishments for home purpose, but actually courts for customers all over the world. Such an establishment, with a staff of highly experienced officers, would soon become a school wherefrom our mining managers and metallurgists might issue, and our mining industry would thus receive the much-wanted scientific basis to work upon in es the great wealth hidden in the bowels of this great continen 2. Preparation of fine eer The e preparation of absolutely pure gold, such as is required by assayers, &c., is tedious. The gold is dissolved in nitro-muriatic acid, evaporated, largely diluted with water to precipitate all silver it may contain, when the ae is pre- cipitated i in the filtrate by oxalic or sulphurous acid. Miller’s ining process with chlorine gas, by which since 1869 to present date, over 720,000 ozs. of silver—more than 20 tons—have been extracted in this Mint out of the gold imported, the present quantity of silver thus obtained being between 40 and 50 thousand ounces per year, the gold is obtained of an average fineness of 99-6-10ths per ; _ a was highly sa satisfactory. I eect here some of Ke gold which has been subjected to a series of most carefully co assays, compared with fine gold received from the cau of the London NOTES ON GOLD. 41 Mint, Professor Chandler Roberts, F.R.S., with the result that it was found to be absolutely fine, and since the process by which it became so is a ~ ee short and simple one, I was very glad of seeing it so su Volatilization of Gold.—On this subject a vast amount of ces have from time to time appeared in print, and the slight “olbtllity of gold under certain The erection of a scaffolding round the Mint chimney, pre paratory to its being repaired, enabled me to get some of the stuff which stuff, of which, however, there was but little, was found to contain in 235 s of sweep, 3°424 grains of gold and 14°242 grains of silver, or about 1-46 per cent. gold and 6-06 per cent. silver. The gold could be seen under the microscope. e horizontal flues in front of the melting furnaces, as well as the sais of the chimney to pecim native silver from the Boorook mine, which I have brought here or your inspection. ta eer greek a 43 On some New South Wales Minerals. By A. Liversiper, F.R.S., Professor of ie and Mineralogy in the University of Syd [Read before the Royal Society of N.S.W., 2 July, 1884.] THE specimens forming the subject of the following notes were exhibited and described at the July meeting of the Society, 1884. Native Goip Is found in association with antimonite at rie —o of Sandon, New England. In some cases the antim s as the matrix of the gold, but in most of the eins a wlan mvs come under my notice the gold is held by quartz, intimately mixed with the antimonite. This association of gold and antimonite is extremely rare, not only in New South Wales but elsewhere. At the new Reform Gold Mining wim ead Lucknow, native gold occurs with native arsenic in calcite CRYSTALLIZED GOLD. A beautiful group . P pte crystals is to be seen in the Museum of Science and Art at Edinburgh—perha ~ one of the finest in existence. The soda of this rare and very valuable nugget, now on the table, has been a made for me by Professor Archer, the Director of the Museu As will be seen from the aoiecasn (plates 1 and 2), the crystals are for the most part imperfect octohedra and elongated Professor hstauy was under the impression see ret specimen came from New South Wales, but the exact locality is no longer k It is much to be semtetiid: that more of such specimens Lari not been preserved. At the present day they are extremely scarce, and “aha in the early = of the gold discoveries they were never 44 ON SOME NEW SOUTH WALES MINERALS. Fie. 1. Group of Gold Crystals in Edinburgh Museum. abundant. Unfortunately most of them very quickly find their way into the melting-pot, and of the few which have been pre- served, probably even fewer are to be found in Australia than elsewhere. TOURMALINE. canseeyil the specimens placed before you are some very fine examples of tourmaline crystals, collected by Mr. Cleghorne of Uralla, which I obtained from him in June, 1883. In form, size, and appearance they closely resemble the large and well-developed black rhombohedral crystals, for which the locality of Bovey , in Devonshire, used to be so famous. Great credit is due to Mr. Cleghorne for the good service he has done to the knowledge of the mineralogy of New South Wales, by collecting and osc thitg these and many other minerals hitherto unknown in the Colon SCHEELITE. Scheelite te of lime occurs in massive lumps in association with es rae and molybdenum ochre at Hillgrove, county Sandon. ON SOME NEW SOUTH WALES MINERALS. 45 AXINITE, This mineral has been found near Nundle, by Mr, D. A. Porter of Tamworth, a diligent and painstaking collector of minerals, to whom we are also indebted for bringing to light several minerals new to the Colony. The mages are large, fairly well formed, and of a clove brown colour. IDocRASE. Mr. Porter has also found idocrase in the same district, of a green colour, associated with small salen one crystallized in rhombic dodecahedra, apparently of the va fee known as grossularite, consisting of silicate of lime and alumina. TRONSTONE CONCRETIONS. The hollow nodules of ironstone were found by Mr. Murdoch, of the Railway Department, in the bed of the Macquarie River, near Dubbo, where they apparently are not uncommon. The outer shell consists for the most part of brown hydrated oxide of iron, and when first found they are quite soft and can be cut with a knife. Iam informed that the interior is usually filled with sand, which can be shaken out, leaving a hollow cavity. Although ard and compact, they are evidently of quite recent origin. LITHOMARGE. A variety of lithomarge, a hydrated silicate of PI of a pale bluish colour, more or less translucent, occurs as the matrix of native copper is scattered through it in small granular crystalline masses. reaksin places with a somewhat conchoidal fracture, but earthy in others. Soft and greasy feel. Curome Iron Ore. A very rich chrome iron ore deposit occurs near Nundle. The outcrop which I saw was about 700 feet above Bowling Alley Point, and the apparent thickness of the vein is in one 40 odd feet ; one huge block of the mineral lying loose on the surface, measures about r feet long by 6 feet high and 5 feet wide. rome iron vein is in association with serpentine, diallage rock, and black slates. This deposit ought to be easily and cheaply worked, Chrome iron of good quality also occurs with serpentine beyond Young in the Bland district. Iron Pyrites Concrerions. Some very interesting concretions of iron pyrites occur at the _ Sunny Corner Silver and Gold Mine, which is situated on Mitchell’s Creek, some 16 miles from Rydal, on the Western line. 46 ON SOME NEW SOUTH WALES MINERALS. The rocks in which the Sunny Corner deposits occur are altered Devonian or Silurian shales and sandstones, penetrated by a pees dyke. The portion of the lode worked for silver, which early north and south with westerly dip, is mainly composed of a iow earthy ferruginous material, and is peers cavernous in places. The vuggs or cavities vary much in size, but are usually small, and are lined with ee ta of brown haute, externally of a deep brown or black colou The vein stuff is very Say rats coloured, yellow, brown, wigess red, black, &c., and contains but little mineral matter of a de fini Formerly this mine, when aga: by Messrs. Winter & Morgan, the first of whom used to bring me specimens from it for identifica- tion, was worked for gold sink and yielded some very rich returns. In some respects these concretions of pyrites resemble the cal- careous concretions of the London clay, known as septaria, and The Raasais ¢ occur in a pale-coloured shale of a greyish tint, abutting against the vein, full of cavities, which can be Ga to have formerly contained crystals of iron pyrite es. This gradually passes into a slaty shale of a dark bluish-grey hoon studded with cubical crystals of pyrites, most of which are twinned. s will be seen from the figure No. 2, the concretions of pyrites liste: a somewhat concentric ayia and are fissured in a more or less regular radiate mann Fie. 2. Concretion of Iron Pyrites, showing the radial lines. ON SOME NEW SOUTH WALES MINERALS. 47 a > but of a more compact character. Others consist of soft friable pyrites with the fissures filled in with hard white quartz, thus forming septa. s the rock weathers and exposes the concretions, the granular pyrites falls out and the septa are left in the form of irregular, exaggerated honey-comb structures (fig. eo = ® ie) S Me + o a | wm 7 Qu 5 =z 5 2 oO E i + ia] Ru rom solution, not in the form of cubical crystals, but in the form nodules of marcassite, 7.¢., the rhombic and less durable form of iron pyrites. fissures would necessarily form within, since the hard outer portions would not give way so readily as the softer and weaker inner portions. 48 ON SOME NEW SOUTH WALES MINERALS. 5. The fissures in the pyrites nodules were next filled in, in some cases with pyrites in others with quartz ; it may have been that the latter were also filled in first with pyrites which was afterwards dissolved out and replaced y quartz. 6. Finally the marcassite has been removed and the silicious septa set free (fig. 3). The pyrites of the nodules oxidizes with great rapidity : speci- mens kept for only a few months rapidly fall to powder, and ome incrusted with crystals of iron sulphate. [Two photo-lithographs.] Jour. Roy. Soc., N.S.W., 1884. { CRYSTALLIZE DD GOOBT., (Stightly reduced.) Minerals of N.S W. A. Liversidge, F.R.S. Jour. Roy. Soc., N.S.W., 1884. Prats II, CRYSTALLIZED GOLD, (Slightly reduced.) epee of N.S W ; Liversidge, (ae 3 pe The Oven-mounds of the Aborigines in Victoria. By the Rev. Peter MacPuerson, M.A. [Read before the Royal Society of N.S.W.,2 July, 1884] In the district of Meredith, midway between Geelong and Ballarat, there is a considerable number of mounds, locally known as Black- fellows’ ovens. In the landscape they appear as ordinary irre larities on the surface of the ground, and in many cases sain be passed by without arresting the least attention. At times, how- were ploughed up, and the ground was planted with potatoes. The luxuriance of the growth which took place clearly marked out the position of the ovens. The growth, however, was too was an oven-mound, was was ploug ed up and sown with oats. There was a vigorous growth of stalk, but the grain came to nothing. On the uncultivated country so oven-mounds, in ordinary seasons, are not easily di hed from irregularities of the surface of the earth. patches of the oven-mounds y ble from the il generally. Numbers of the mounds could be distinguished from the carriage windows of the Geelong and way, at Bruce’s Creek, near Lethbridge, and also on the slopes of the eee at the upper part of Cowie’s Creek. The tr aes cena of the primitive hearths and cooking-ovens of oo of the ploughshare has been at work. Still it is Oy a only a yuestion of time will disa Mo. Bot. Garder 1897. 50 THE OVEN-MOUNDS OF THE ABORIGINES IN VICTORIA. Sites oF OVEN-MOUN As cooking was concerned, the partons for ready access to water explains at once why so many ovens are to be found along the banks of creeks and rivers, as well as by the margin of lagoons and lakes. In a hollow of the Woodbourne Creek, near Meredith, there is an oven so near the channel of the creek that the ashes fall over the bank into the water. Rising out of the ashes is the stump of a tree four feet in diameter. About a quarter of a mile from this oven, in the direction of Cargerie, there is another oven between these two extremes—the lowest and highest points. are found, as just shown, on the very brink of a creek, or a few — from it, or in an angle, or on a gently rising slope, or on a steep brow with volcanic rocks wigtiend out close by, and on the flat ground or heights beyond. A point to be noted is that they are to be found on the eastern bank of a creek as well as on the reagan exposed apeeneny . the full strength of the westerly an rth-westerly gales. e explanation why sites appear to have a haa chosen exposed to so much inconvenience is probably to be found in this,—that as the ovens are ve merous, suitable Ww r 0 readily in what are locally called crab-holes and in small depressions on the surface of the ground. Moreover, it is to be remembered that ovens which appear now to be quite shelterless, were probably not so when used by the aborigines. The destruction of trees by the white settlers affects the question. Restore the hundreds or thousands of trees which have been destroyed, and the oven, which appears now to occupy a bleak and exposed position, will be well sheltered behind a vast expanse of branches. There is an oven on the outer slope leading to the lagoon near Woodbourne, well gti at eee owing to the thick growth of trees. Now this = alee have often reposed pen hot winds under the branches of these very trees which are so near the cooking-ovens. From x the agreeable shade of the spreading eucalyptus, no doubt, EG Pe nen ee Cee” her ae fa a lie ISR RE sigh So Lae na tee , 2 THE OVEN-MOUNDS OF THE ABORIGINES IN VICTORIA. 51 it is occasionally turned up yet in the district by the plough. Altogether, the numerous ovens on the Woodbourne Creek and in the neighbourhood, also the numerous traces of bark-stripping to supply material for pegging boards for stretching out opossum skins, also for erecting their temporary shelters, afford clear evidence that the locality now in question was a favourite haunt of the aborigines in former times. It remains only to be stated, in regard to the sites of the oven-mounds, that they are to be seen indiscriminately on the east and west side of a creek, hence there could not have been in this locality any prevailing superstition leading the aborigines to prefer either east side or west side for their cooking-ovens. STRUCTURE OF OVEN-MOUNDS—EXTERNAL. Let us now come to a closer scrutiny of the mound and its oven. The collection of ashes, charcoal, and stones may be 20 or 30 feet in diameter, and 1 or 2 feet thick at the centre. But stone oven is usually slightly concave, or crater-like, with a central stone larger than those otherwise employed in the oven. Sucha central stone, or occasionally two, may be commonly seen in those ovens which have been formed with some regularity. Such central = collect in wet weather, as the writer oftened witnessed. Besides the ovens which gave evidence of some regularity of cen: re also b that, in course of time, the ashes of the different heaps have — 52 THE OVEN-MOUNDS OF THE ABORIGINES IN VICTORIA. nicintigied and formed one irregular cee with some approximation to the circular shape. interior ovens vary in size from three or four stones to a cart-loa In dealing with the external shape of the oven-mounds we have ur’ by the white man, but it is otherwise with the loose ashes io charcoal. While the ovens were in use the constant trampling of feet kept the ashes loose and all the more exposed to the trans- porting agency of the winds; moreover, when the ovens were built on inclinations more or less steep, the action of trampling would urge the ashes downwards in the direction of gravity. Thus the oven-mounds as well as the trees become records of the ro velliilg tion of the winds. The inclination of the trees is from north-west to south-east, and the drift of the ashes of the oven- mounds is the same, modified, however, by the action of gravity. When wind and gravity both acted in the same direction, the stones of the oven formed a sort of nucleus from which a fan or comet- shaped tail spread downwards. STRUCTURE OF OvEN-MOUNDS—INTERNAL. Having surveyed the oven-mound externally, we have to take pick and shovel to examine its internal structure. We select one for our operations on the Woodbourne Station, near the dam on the Meredith and Cargerie Road. The stones are ari ied than usual, being, in some cases, larger than a man’s head. tches of vari- ously coloured ashes are turned up, sometimes ret sometimes bluish-grey, but mostly black—sooty black. The colours seem to indicate different kinds of wood used for fuel. The stones also present the slain evidences of having been subjected to the action of fire. In many cases they exhibit a greasy appearance, strongly reminding us that, no doubt, t kangaroo, as well as of opossums and other creatures, had often oozed out upon dinie stones. Moreover the cooking by steam included putting hot stones in the inside of the larger animals, in which cases pieces of porous bluestone, Meer lava, would become saturated with animal fat. Some of the stones also presented the ghastly white appearance of havin ving been "eakjacted to great heat. But continuing to use the pick, we remove all the stones connected with the oven and come to a layer of ashes in which are no stones. This would se to indicate that quantities of ashes, in some cases at least, were allowed to accumulate before the stone oven was THE OVEN-MOUNDS OF THE ABORIGINES IN VICTORIA. 53 Moreover, some mounds contain ashes and charcoal without any stones. This is sometimes accounted for by the fact that there are Along the Coolebarghurk and Cargerie Creeks, honeycomb, the volcanic lava commonly called bluestone, is invariably found in the ovens, because the country through which these creeks flow is covered with lava. On the Moorabool, however, the Silurian slaty shale, producing the picturesque scenery of the river just n CircLes oF STONES ABOUT OVEN-MOUNDS. Besides the stones which are used for making the cooking oven, there are sometimes others which present all the appearance of having been designedly placed as circles about the mound. write 64 feet in diameter, and was embedded in a layer of ashes which extended quite distinctly below the stone oven ; moreover there were several of those shallow excavations around, from which no the earth had been scooped out to cover over the bark and of stones, extending very nearly round the whole oven-mound, which here specially attracts our attention. The stones are there in large numbers, and the question arises for what purpose were they 54 THE OVEN-MOUNDS OF THE ABORIGINES IN VICTORIA. placed there? Now and again sharpening-stones are found about the mounds, but these were not sharpening-stones, and the number of them puts the cies AS of sharpening: stones a side. The same applies to the suggestion as ib the marrow-bones of the tee animals. The number of stones is altogether too great, and above all there was no necessity a arrange them so methodically in a circle around the oven. It must not be omitted to take proper notice of the fact that the stones of the circle have been somewhat disturbed. The treading of sheep and cattle will easily account for that. The fact remains that notwithstanding some disturbance, the evidence of the circular oubted. ectoenee these stones, bate as large as a man’s head, are way to be confounded with those built up into shelters or break- Winds in bleak localities on the great plains in the west of Victoria. ut the second case to be described presents us with an oven- mound surrounded with a circle which may be regarded as com- plate, although a few stones have been displaced. The se bee of our attention in this case is situated on the Cargerie Creek, ai about 150 yards from the east bank. Iti is about 14 feet by 13 feet in longer and shorter diameter, the stone oven in the centre being 54 feet, and thethickness of ashes, charcoal, and stones, being about between the sons wpe of the mound and the circle of stones. be mentioned that the oven-mound with this ring of stones is situated in an angle, and not far from it the ends of basaltic rocks crop out, as in the case already described. While thus emo the fact of stone rings extending Sgr the oven-mounds of the aborigines, it may be noticed that the cular arrangement is rs carried out in the case in which a wins mound consists of — ~ a dozen stone ovens, formed in a circle around a central o Of course it is not our aera here to enter upon the subject of — mystic stone circles in Britain, India, and other countries, yet passing we may note the fact that there are such materials, which, along with others, will one day help to ae light on the origin and migration of the Australian race. Perhaps it should be mentioned here, that the magnificent stonehenges, consisting THE OVEN-MOUNDS OF THE ABORIGINES IN VICTORIA. 55 monolithic blocks, 8 or 9 feet high, represented in the illus- trated papers of Melbourne and Sydney a few years ago, as existing ruidical circles which are found in various places in Britain. ConTENTS OF OVEN-MOUNDS. The mass of the mound, in accordance with what has been already said, obviously consists of ashes, charcoal, stones, and earth. The stones, as already pointed out, vary according to the district. But besides the materials which, one way or another, have come before our notice, we may expect to find remains of the reptiles, fishes, birds, and quadrupeds, as well as shells which were used as food by the aborigines. No doubt the large number of miserable dogs, which constantly kept about the encampments of the blacks, would destroy a large quantity of the smaller bones of birds and various animals ; still, an examination of the ashes brings to light traces of the game used by the aborigines. In some mounds about half a mile from the bay at Geelong there are fragments of bones and teeth of opossums, as well as bones of kangaroo. This mound was 79 feet in diameter, with 5 feet of ashes at the centre. Human REMAINS IN OVEN-MOUNDS. this hard dome the ashes were quite loose and easily tossed about. After prolonged work there was no sign of human 56 THE OVEN-MOUNDS OF THE ABORIGINES IN VICTORIA. remains. Another portion of the mound was pierced and searched, but still without success. Returning to the portion first tried, the spade was driven into the open side, when several bones fell down and skull, as well as a number of small bones, all being evidently the remains of a human being. The skull was nearly erect, and vertebre. The arm bones were found at the sides, the hands having been doubled up so that the bones of the fingers were near the neck and cheeks. On surveying another of the large oven-mounds which are numerous about Mortlake, the writer’s attention was arrested by the presence of three rather large stones, so placed together upon an oven-mound as to indicate that they must have been designedly placed where they were. On removing these three stones another was found lying across the skeleton, as well as from the appearance of some of the bones, it seemed that an attempt had been made to consume the body with fire. In both cases the leading idea seemed to be to huddle the remains into the smallest space; the second case the body was laid on the left side, so that the arm bones were found like a bundle of sticks together. DisTRIBUTION OF OVEN-MOUNDS. The necessity for water accounts at once for so many oven- mounds being situated near creeks, rivers, lagoons, and lakes. encampments, and these would be continued the longer in use. The forests afforded not only food and shelter, but also the impor- ays THE OVEN-MOUNDS OF THE ABORIGINES IN VICTORIA. 57 Upon making specific inquiry into the matter the writer ascer- f peat places in the region called The Plains. Quantities of long grass are also available. In the circumstances it is interesting to find that to make the most of the materials to hand, the aborigines on the western plains of Victoria hit upon the very same device which was adopted by inhabitants of the Faroe Islands in the northern seas of Eur The stormy petrel was used as fuel (as well as a candle to ane light) by the inhabitants of the north, and so the fat of the game used by the aborigines of the west of Victoria was used to feed the flame which cooked the anim themselves intended for foo In connection with the distribution a oven-mounds may be taken the question of size, as distinguishing those in the Meredith district from those in the neighbourhood of Mortlake. The mounds in the latter district are often of great size; some of them are described as upwards of 100 feet in diameter, with ashes about 10 feet thick at the centre. The writer paced one which was 79 feet in diameter. The largest which he saw in the Meredith district was only about 33 feet in diameter. Points which supply at least some elements of explanation of this difference in size are such as these:—Many of the Meredith ovens are on small creeks, whereas the large accumulations of ashes in the Mortlake district are alongside lakes which abound with water-fowl, fish, and eels. With plenty of forest to supply fuel, the aborigines could thus re at the same camping places all the year round; whereas in the less in the Meredith district. But the most important point in connection with the distribution of the oven-mounds is the limited area in which they are found in Australia. They extend from the Murray to - sea, through central Victoria ; they are numerous and large on the Murray, and extend for some distance into New South Wales on the banks of the Lachlan, where Sir Thomas Mitchell’s attention was first arrested by them. He had not seen such collections of ashes in other parts of this Colony, although heaps of shells, the refuse of aboriginal feasts, have been observed on the shores of Port oven-mounds in Central Australia, and also in Western Australia These facts raise broadly the question, how are the mounds restricted to so small an area? The suggestion has been made that the accumulation of ashes supplied a space elevated above the 58 THE OVEN-MOUNDS OF THE ABORIGINES IN VICTORIA. cold wet soil, and more agreeable for the feet of the aborigines in rainy weather. owing something for this suggestion, there still remains the outstanding question, how were the stone ovens not used in other parts of Australia? The point is every wa: send of notice, as it may help to give a clue to the course of migration in the original occupation of the country by the blacks. ANTIQUITY OF OVEN-MOUNDS. Tt has been noticed that trees are to be seen growing out of the oven-mounds. None, however, have been seen by the writer S, the large accumulations in the Mortlake district, it remains to seen what evidence may come to light bearing on the question whether aboriginal man in Australia was contemporaneous with any species of our extinct fauna. We have also the evidence which may be deduced from the size of the oven-mounds. But here there are some elements calculated to perplex the problem. We may indeed measure the existing accumulations, but the question arises, how much larger would they have been but for the quantity of ashes dissipated by the prevailing winds? As to the space occupied by the stones of the ovens, soars such exist, measurement can approximately determine how much deduction is to be made on this score. ce ere is, however, ae more difficult mixed up with the ashes, on weaenind of the cooking arrangements before noticed. hile considering this question the writer ob- rved the common ash-heap which had been formed in a country locality connected with a European dwelling. It was about the size of one of the smaller oven-mounds to be seen in the Meredith district. It had been formed in about ten years by a family of about ten persons. There is this very important point, that the oper- ation of the prevailing winds, in causing the ashes to be drifted away ov a 7 benearly equalin both cases, the aboriginal and e Europea oceeding tentatively, are there any even general fabbeaees Ms whi ch we can come? Let us put together such rials as there are to bear upon the The oven-mounds in the Meredith district may vs rood es as varying in contents between 100 cubic feet and 500. In a space of about 14 miles by 10 the writer counted forty oven-mounds. Then let us suppose that an — mound of ashes and charcoal would tr ae tip district in eas, ano podeding to a census taken i the New een Wales Government at the time. But the same 200 roamed ov the whole of what is now the county of Grant in Victoria, ats THE OVEN-MOUNDS OF THE ABORIGINES IN VICTORIA. 59 conclusion that the materials under review do not compel us” helplessly to admit some great antiquity, such as 3,000 or 4,000 years, much less fabulous ages of hundreds of thousands of years, to the time when palxolithic or neolithic man first began to build more rapid. ut, again, if the unity of the Australian race, and various considerations on the strength of which a great antiquity is claimed for that race, are to be taken as resting on substantial 61 The Trochoided Plane. By Lawrence Hararave. [Read before the Royal Society of N.S.W., 6 August, 1884.] I nAveE been told that the subject of this paper is one that would interest the members of this Society, and therefore I have strung together my thoughts, experiments, and deductions, that refer in any way to the trochoided oe. pointing out where I see N ature working with it, and how it can be used by man for the trans- tapiditided plane The “trochoided plane” is a flat surface, the centre of which moves at a uniform speed in a circle, the plane being kept normal to the surface of a trochoidal wave, having a period equal to the time occupied by the centre of the plane in : completing one revolu- By “ Normal” is meant tangential to an undulating surface. “Orbit” is the path of any particle of a sibsainans, through which undulations are bein is the radius or radius-vector of the orbit. plane ; the ae of the connecting-rod is equal to the crank future call it the connecting-rod, unless some one points out its true mathematical designation ; geting, ig: the trochoid seems a good name also, but not $0 descriptive mecting-rod ; every one knows what a connecting-rod of a ipetating engine is, and i iliar motion. : ts fam “ Pitch, ” or length of wave, is the distance of waves from crest to crest, ‘measured in the a of propagation ; the length of a trochoidal wave is equal to the length of the orbit of a particle divided by the co-tangent it =e pitch-angle. 62 THE TROCHOIDED PLANE. passage of half a wave. The “trochoidal wave” may be defined as the projection of a right helix on to a plane parailel to its axis, and is resolvable into figure will be bounded on the other side by a curve of the same class. The line drawn on a uniformly moving sheet of paper, by a pen- dulum swinging at right angles to the line of motion of the paper, is also the trochoidal wave. connecting-rod or its continuations in the various combinations of the straight line, circle, and ellipse, and doubtless other figures ; ut each combination is reducible to the simple principle of the plane at right angles to the connecting-rod, moving in a circle, | guided by a straight line. The area of the triangle, that is bounded on two sides by the erank and connecting-rod, is directly proportional to the thrust at right angles to the guides: and the thrust is greatest at the centre, on by the trochoided plane, so that there is no violent disruption of any two parallel streams. THE TROCHOIDED PLANE. 63 If I have succeeded in communicating my views with regard to the motion of a plane surface when acted on by an undulati one, and the converse, it will be obvious that if the undulating surface is rolled up into a cylinder, with the axis parallel to the direction of propagation of the waves, the same reasoning will hold good, fon reduce the examples of cylindrical waves to plane waves ; but when we consider the action of the particles com- sing the axis of the cylinder, it becomes necessary to explain the spherical wave. Let us suppose a sncpagier shell to be composed of any elastic medium, also, the polar axis to be similarly constituted ; let the pane of bisection of ws ms 0 axis come exactly between two of which two particles we will set approach: and receding | eee one another ; this will send an equal series of waves of extension and compression through the two halves of the polar axis, culminating in the pushing out and pulling in of the poles synchronously, and the generation of a series of waves passing over each hemisphere, meeting at the equator, and crossing each other to the opposite poles. The orbits of the par- ticles Somponnia the sphere will at first be long ellipses ; ; as the waves recede further from the poles the orbits become circular ; one wave length from the equator they become elliptic again ; at the equatorial plane they move radially to the sphere, and after one wave has reached the opposite pole, every particle of the spherical shell will be moving radially and harmonically with the two central vibrating particles. Any number of atoms may be conceived as being at the centre, and completely filling the sphere, vibrating in every direction, causing an capa ef spherical waves on se spherical shell, crossing in every direct If e the converse of this, and suppose the. equatorial ei, or ‘dane in any parallel of latitu de, to be set vibrating in unison, radially, the resultant will be an intensified vibration of the polar axis longitudinally ; this is closely analogous to a sea wave meeting a vertical obstruction, and causing that horizontal downward-moving vortex that is so destructive to the foundations of steep smooth marine structures in shallow water. Where occurs, the practice is to tumble in loose blocks of stone or con crete, the effect of which is to break up the vortex, and rob it of its dur 83 Sydney summer thunder-storms often show this atmospheri- cally; the sun’s heat over the land causes the sea-breeze to come in from the N.E. with increasing force as the day advances, and the heated air returns to the sea by an upper current from the 8. W. There is an upward current at the Blue Mountains, or where the sea-breeze takes off in force, and heavy cumulus ‘clouds gather, their tops being drawn out by the return current in long streaks pointing seaward ; towards evening, if more air comes in than can 64 THE TROCHOIDED PLANE. moving from N.E. to 8.W., the under surface almost touching the tree tops, moving from §.W. to N.E. Sometimes the thunder- storm comes without this characteristic cloud, sometimes there are T am correct in saying he does not account for its formation in this manner. If we substitute the trade winds, equatorial calms, and return trade winds for the sea-breeze, plenum, and return S.W. er current, the result is one or more hurricanes or cyclones, instead of the roll-clou Allied phenomena are those witnessed when a drop of water falls into water; if the drop falls from a short distance, only ring waves are formed ; if from a height, the drop seems to m a hole in the water, as well as the ring waves, and the closing up of this hole sends up a peak with sufficient force to detach another drop from its point. Also, if a large drop be allowed to fall from a height, it will be seen that after it has attained a certain speed it will leave its spherical shape and spread out into an irregular ring ; the move- ments of the particles of the ring being similar to those composing a smoke ring. But to return to the spherical wave; if one of the central particles bears an infinite proportion to the other particle, the vibration of the smaller one will send waves through a sphere surrounding both, resulting in an equal vibration of the antipodes of the smaller particle. When this action of spherical waves is applied to the supposed string of spherical particles composing the axis of a cylindrical it i i at we m i pulsations be produced in a pipe covering the cylinder, the waves aa communicated from the inside of the pipe to the contained matter. THE TROCHOIDED PLANE. 65 I will now state my views as to the formation of vortices, by an imperfect plane passing end on through a viscous medium. If the plane is perfect and of no thickness, and the medium homogeneous, no vortex can be formed; but if the plane has the leading end of the plane, the stratification of the medium parallel to the plane becoming prolate-cycloidal. When the pro- portion between the amplitude of the disturbances, and the wave length or distance apart of two zones of compression, exceeds that of one to II, or the prolate-cycloid passes into a curtate- system of waves, or begin a fresh series farther out from the plane. If the force acts at right angles to the plane, a vortex is generated behind the plane. A breaker shows the vortex initiated vertically, but gravity prevents its complete formation. A common instance of this action is seen in the skin of eddying screw-propeller blades in the unaccountable manner we so often see them. I may also add that the pitting of the interior of steam- boilers at and near the water-line is to my mind clearly the mechanical action of vortices formed by the rapid circulation of Th us to a considerable distance from where I started with the plane wave, but I thought it best to indicate the natural sequence an » WORE a< il 4 £1) fr 4} 4 } Lge 1 pl aaa vortex, and will now try to show some natural movements of matter and mechanisms that I associate with the different sorts of waves. irst, about ocean waves, we find much has been written by the late Mr. Scott Russell and others, dealing with their form, and the motion of the particles composing them, about the forced wave and the free wave ; but no one, as far as I have read, seems to note when dealing with the trochoidal form, the motion of the imaginary line that I call the connecting-rod, and which appears to me to be as important in describing that wave as the radius is to the circle (this is probably due to the form of long free ocean waves being approximately trochoidal) ; and I do not hesitate in saying that the connection of the trochoidal wave and trochoided Ulle 66 THE TROCHOIDED PLANE. r may be abstracted from the swell of the ocean by means of the trochoided plane, thus :—Take a flat float, and rigidly connect a plane at some distance below parallel to the float, and it will be found that the plane and float alternately pull each other in the direction of propagation of the waves, the result being that the apparatus ——— through the water faster than a float without the plane at If the plane is fixed vertically, or at right angles with the float, the resultant is in a direction contrary to that in which the waves are movin Again, # two floats are connected by linkwork end to end, and separated by a distance equal to half a wave, the neha move- seaway, the length of the hawser should be such that both vessels are as near as possible to the crests of waves at the same time ; if there is a cross sea, this is impossible ; if the sea is at all regular, attention to this, whether by accident or design, saves many @ savage jerk to the tow-line; the distances, } wave, 14 waves, 24 waves, are obviously those to be most avoided. I will now draw your attention to the motion of living organ- isms, and how their movements seem to me to have a common origin, and that the trochoided plane is the mechanical power trochoi that if they are rotated on their axes in unison, or oscillated from side to side renege a series of complementary waves will be thrown by the membrane towards the tail ; the cross-section in the first case is an isosceles scianghe, and in the second a sector of a circle; the membrane of the tail is ideal similarly, so as to raise or ‘depress the head ; the prolate-cycloidal wave in fin swimming. This action of fins is best seen when pil are confined in a bowl, and appears to me to be only used when the speed required does i necessitate the use of the large muscles of the body ; the converse of this proposition is seen when makes trochoidal waves on a fluttering fi The geometry of body swimming may be seen in its sim implest in a slow-moving organism like the leech. You will observe ct the head is raised sar thrust forward, depressed, and drawn an ellipse, and then a ctmight. line. Phas a ant to cyli wave comes to our aid, and it hecconie pee that if two cylindetesl muscles be enclosed in a skin (take the swimming re ee THE TROCHOIDED PLANE. 67 of the eel as the type), and a series of waves be passed through each muscle, such that the thick part of one wave is abreast th thin part of the wave on the other side of the eel, the backbone and skin will necessarily take a trochoidal form, and as long as the gored are generated the eel must go will be observed that if the fish or eel is swimming with its a and the a on the back and belly are kept rigidly extended, they serve feeds rease the sag tay surface. The body swimming of fishes Hehe its extreme form in the sunfish, whose powerful body par otis of extreme eaats in proportion to their amplitude. Porpoises, when rolling, seem to cut vertical prolate-cycloidal waves, and they blow when passing the crests; the horizontal position of the tail is well adapted for this mode of progression. If the top edge of the tail of a —,- or — deep fish, be twisted to one side, and the lower edge to . side, and ‘the trochoidal action of the body continued, ae ons t once turns on its a and will thus be able to dive suddenly. effect on the water of this action of fishes that are long iieak to contain a number of waves in their length is a tendeney to produce right-handed vortices on one side, and left-handed ones on the other, so that after the fish has passed the two series gear together, as it were, like a train of equal sized cog-whee If we conceive the action of the back fin, as thus described to be communicated to a series of legs on each side, as in the centi- pede, the effect will obviously be progression along a surface ; and if we cut off all the legs but two pairs, separated by a distance equal to one wave length, we have the quadr cout action popu- larly assigned to the giraffe ; if the two pairs are only half a wave length apart, we have the trottin of a horse, and the various other paces become clearly dependent on the length of the wave used by the animal. The legs and body of an alligator or lizard Tinks of which are unknown, whilst any two ian links are hardly distinguishable. The swinging of the hands and arms, in walking or running, is evidence that bipedal is evolved from quad- rupedal progression, which to me seems to have developed from the trochoidal action of-a fin. When the amplitude of the waves is in a vertical plane, each pair of legs is moved together, and the form of the wave is plainly seen in the back of a dog when going full split ; this method of progression reaches its extreme form in the hopping birds. 68 THE TROCHOIDED PLANE. of the ripples are transversal to the longitudinal axis, and move towards the tail ; the slime is a great aid in passing over a smooth surface, as a partial vacuum can be formed in the hollow of each wave; if the surface of the slug’s foot is covered with cilia, the undulatory motion of these may be conversely seen on a field o waving corn as the breeze passes over it ; the mode of progression of some caterpillars is parallel with that of the slugs. In order to make this more than mere theory, it became neces- sary to pursue one of two courses ; either to go in for an elaborate system of instantaneous photography in connection with a chrono- to make some models, the geometrical construction of which would show the trochoided plane, and the outward appear- ance and movement of the apparatus would appeal direct to the eye. I have adopted the latter course, for several reasons, the principal one being that the first method, besides being very expensive to me, would only be accessible, if understood at all, by the few ; whilst the second course is now within the reach of any boy who can handle a few tools. As these are experiments that I venture to call capital, it will be excusable if the details seem rather trivial. The simplest trochoided plane may be constructed by attaching a flat surface at right angles to the connecting-rod of the ordinary crank and connecting-rod motion of the reciprocatin, engine ; an if two of these be coupled with the cranks at right angles (Fig. 1), the sum of the sectional areas of the columns of wind or water, act on the planes at right angles to the guides, a uniform rotary motion will be communicated to the crank-shaft ; if we rotate the machine by steam or hand, motion is communicated to the air or THE TROCHOIDED PLANE. 69 need reversing gear, and the pitch could be made easily adjust- sabe by te the length of the connecting-rods of the propellers, we take two floats that offer equal lateral resistance the vertical longitudinal section ; then put a rotating crank with the shaft vertical in the centre of one of the floats, and a guide of some description on the bar of the other float ; unite the end of the bar from the crank-float to the guide, and the end of the bar of the float that carries the guide to the crank-pin, and it will be seen that the whole apparatus will be propelled through the water by rotating the crank ; this is like a common feat with skates on Two wheels may be substituted for each plane in this model for motion on a surface, but the results are unsatisfacto a pair of equal floats be made with a total displacement age that of a man, it will be found that crank, guides, and ecting-rod can be dispensed with, and that the floats can be tschoided by the feet. The steering is effected by bearing a little mechanism will commend this form of exercise, and I hope to see it become a —— in our Lihat ut these experiments are not calculated to convey to every eye the identity. of the RIT plane with the cee ant power used by a fish in swim , So it was thought necessary to make some- thing with a ecaaals likeness to a fish, ‘and cut it up into a pone of rv and unite the sections again so that they were fre move from side to side on vertical hinges (Fig. IV). Each pest was tepecrrive underneath with a keel, pre every alternate section was made equal to the amplitude of the trochoidal waves it was intended the model should use, and the pitch was made equal to the wave length. The forward end of the helix was brought into the ewe, as if it had been twisted round a spindle instead of a planes together, and made the model swim in a strikingly natural manner ; by drawing the model tail first through the water, the operation is reversed, and the trochoided planes wind up the spring. This model is remarkable for the diminutive nature of the motive Sener, in easy trochoiding of the planes, and the | percen of sli Here, I ca ane that a running stream offers a good field for investigation on this subject ; however straight its channel is cut, it will, if left to itself, meander, and the bends work down 70 THE TROCHOIDED PLANE. eam. This may be best seen when the stream runs through an alluvial flat ; it will be observed that the down stream sides of the bends are continually being washed away, and that ‘deposits are made on the down stream sides of the points. If the upper ends of the guides in the last-described model be connected to a rigid bar, the motion of the helical wire will make the guides, or an elastic web covering them, take the form of a fin, showing the action I have previously described. Again, if a number of pieces of wood be rove loosely across a rotating helical wire, the ends of the pieces will be trochoided like the legs of a centipede; owing to difficulties about making the clawing apparatus, this was made to float in water, and you had an opportunity of judging ior yourselves whether or not it proved the truth of my deductions.* I will now direct your attention to the swimming of that com- ring ; t and backwards when most expanded ; the superficial resultant being annular or cylindrical trochoidal waves thrown backwards, and motion of the jelly-fish forwar e progress of an earth-worm ‘through a cylindrical hole is another obvious case of cylindrical waves, and from the worm’s movement on a flat surface it appears capable of throwing more than one wave towards its tail at the same time, or, in other words, that its body is longer than a wave length ; in this case the motion of the rings is evidently not circular, as in a smoke ring, but very elliptical, with oe major axis parallel to the direction of propaga- tion of the wav: If you note en mechanical action of swallowing, it will = evident that it is rap converse of the motion of the worm; obse the jaws or mouth opened and thrust forward, closed and soars back for a fresh bite, the prey being none to the stomach by a similar movement of the rings of the The trochoidal action of fins, muscles, uit legs, seemed so plain that I could not help being led to theorize on the action of wings in flight ; I say theorize simply because I have not a flying-machine to show you, but the chain of evidence seems so complete, that I have no doubt it will soon be accomplished without the aid of the Screw or gas bag. The wings of flying-fish are, in my opinion, only used for flight, or when the fish is swimming very slowly with its fins alone, with- out ee its bod, ° Sap il va ws Gl a aa i PO THE TROCHOIDED PLANE. 71 There is a distinction between the vertical lift we see when a bird hovers or rises straight up from the ground, as exemplified by skylarks, hawks, partridges, and the horizontal flight of ducks, pelicans, and albatrosses ; in the first case, the wing which is in effect a plane, is rotated in a cone, and kept normal to a trochoid during each revolution ; the connecting-rod is moved in a plane at right angles to the axis ‘of the cone, and the guides are horizontal ; the plane of the wing being in the line of the connecting-rod, and ma at right angles to it ; the path cut in the air by this motion is zigzag, one of the pieces between two angles being half a tro- choi d, the two half trochoids making up each revolution of the axis of the wing. In horizontal flight the conical movement is the same, but the connecting-rod is at right angles to the plane of the wings, and flight is the resultant of gravity, and the waves of air being thrust downwards and backwards by the wings. The part played by the plane of the body and tail in flight is the same as that of the second plane in Fig. II. : have not put the second plane in all the models of wings, as I think it useless before the power of the machine is sufficient to overcome its specific gravity. ig. and all subsequent models the second plane.) Peacocks’ tails, and the plumes of birds of -parhiline, are a hindrance to flight, d the effects of sexual selection. e same action takes place in the wing that I mentioned about the leech’s head, and is equivalent to sliding the plane along the connecting-rod towards the guide-pin, so that the centre of effort moves first in a circle, then in an ellipse, and finally in a straight line. I have shown the first and last movements in Fig. VII and Fig. III. These are the motions we often see when the passing breeze sets a blade of grass rotating ; it is common with flat leaves having thin stalks, and must have a observed by every one present. Fig. VII will show the geom These remarks refer to an wings, but, in addition, it is observ- able that jointed wings can be trochoided by opening and shutting the wing, the pep ema Fa working in a vertical plane trans- versal to the line A little ponsicerntton will show that turning, rising, and descend- ing, are merely resultants dependent on the position of the centre of gravity, and the direction the waves are thrown in; by depressing one side of the tail, and raising the other, a portion of the thrust is directed to one side; and in the construction of a flying-machine, it is an unnecessary waste of power to try to to lift the enormous rudders that are given such prominence to in many of the schemes we see depi icted. As to the soaring of birds, that branch of flight has been well argued lately in “ Vature,” and it is quite clear to me that the 72 THE TROCHOIDED PLANE. birds work the upward and downward currents of the air, the existence of which is plainly shown by the form of clouds and smoke. Natural selection and the survival of the fittest account for the shall find the leading edge of the planes will be liable to double up and get damaged, making it necessary to follow in the footsteps of ature. These are my views, stated as concisely as I can; and if you think there is any novel truth embodied in them, this Society is welcome to any of the laboratory models that aided me in finding it out. In conclusion, gentlemen, I should like your opinion as to. whether or not there is evidence to show that there is a power are, to the best of my knowledge, quite original ; and let me point 7 von da imperfections suggest, and a comparison of the improved models would show what progress had been made; this would hasten a process that is, to say the least of it, laborious and tedious. * These models were somewhat similar to Figs. III, V, and VII, and were not shown at the previous conversazione. [Seven diagrams. ] For L.Haryracs Paper on the Trochoided Plane, FIG.1. PHOTO-LITHOGRAPHED AT THE GOVT. PRINTING OFFICE, SYONEY. NEW SOUTH WALES. FIG. Il. the Trochvided Plane. S , § AQ = : S & WT. PRINTING OFFICE, WALES. PHC TO Tr tie THE GO’ SYDNEY, NEW SOUTH i [ Bot j a — pe eae ces bt } ot Ay ma i T Seu aT A] f | FIC.IV. For L. Hargraves Paper on the Trochoided Plane. FIG. PHOTO-LITHOGRAPHED AT THE GOVT. PRINTING OFFICE, SYONEY, NEW SOUTH WALES. For L Haryrave's Papa on the Trochoided Plane, li Engtish Masical-box spring. bis hevs. oF the wings -lRev. of large wheel. 34lbs- Total moringweignt . tile Breis.in min ates. mrertia has been overcome, and the machine ts doing its best, 7rrevs. of the wings eyual Lrey, of the crane. The centrifugal inclination of the suspending ae Apo wires ts Frome 3 told? For L.Hargrave’s Fupar m the Trochoided Plane. PHOTO-LITHOQRAPHED AT THE GOVT. PRINTING OFFICE, ‘SYDNEY, NEW SOUTH WALES. : 73 On a New Form of Actinometer. By H. C. Russet, B.A., F.R.A.S. [Read before the Royal Society of N.S.W., 5 November, 1884.] Amoncst the instruments designed to record the sunshine, I have not seen one which satisfied the conditions required, viz., an instru- ment that would not only record the hours of sunshine, but mea- sure and record the heat received on a given surface in a given tim i arms attached to the cross-head of the polar axis and parallel to it would move above this half-cylinder and at the same distance from it throughout the day. The use of these arms is to carry a light pen-carriag 1y tingonthe paper which is attached tothe half cylinder. Attached to the upper end of the polar axis is a frame supporting a short-focus 12-inch lens, so arranged that its axis for adjustment in declination would, if continuous, pass through the & miniature water-boiler and supply it with water from a reservoir attached to the stand, the supply going in at the bottom and the steam out of the top ; the water in the boiler will therefore be at a practically constant height and supplied at a temperature known by a thermometer placed in the “eagle which is pro- en the Triage, caus : amount of water evaporated, and may in a very hot day make it move the whole length of the slide, 9 inches. 74 ON A NEW FORM OF ACTINOMETER. Now, while this steam-engine is giving one motion to the pen, the clock-work is giving it another motion over the paper with its or compound of the two motions. You will see, then, how this machine will show not only the hours when the sun shines, but also the intensity of that heat. In such an arrangement some of the water evaporated must be lost in e machine, and I propose to measure the water into the reser- voir in the morning and measure it out at night, so determining exactly the quantity of water boiled away during the day, and by means of the pen record the relative rate of evaporation during each moment of sunshine. Experience will no doubt suggest precau- tio modifications of this proposal which will make it a complete machine. Notes on some Mineral Localities in the Northern Districts of New South Wales. By D. A. Porter, Tamworth. [Read before the Royal Society of N.S.W., 5 November, 1884.] imperfect cleavage, and often penetrated by prisms of orthoclase. The associated minerals are topaz, tourmaline, corundum, gold, and cassiterite. The quartz crystals of this locality have probably been derived, as also the tourmaline, topaz, and orthoclase, from drusy cavities in the granites of the surrounding mountains ; this ety brown, rarely black, colourless. The purple variety (amethyst) not uncommon. ssociated minerals, gold, cassiterite, and blue this locality. * N.E. is a contraction for the New England District. 76 NOTES ON SOME MINERAL LOCALITIES IN At Puddledock, near Armidale, in radiated masses with stilbite. At Hanging Rock, Nundle, half a mile south from Mr. Prisk’s hotel, near Public School; in pyramids massed together and covering chalcedony. In a" Creek (N.E.), at lower crossing, in rounded polished fragments, with stream tin ore. At Boake (N.E.), in drifts with tin ore, rounded portions of prisms common. Sometimes 5 inches in diameter, exterior rough ; colours, black, ahaha, colourless. Crystals coloured in part, le or black, ¢ At the Gulf, near Marci vile (N.E.), in the “ Dutchman’s” claim oe drusy cavities in quartz, and felspathic granite veins. Crystals large, transparent ; often tapering from base to summit of prism. Splendid specimens for cabinet purposes are to be a at this locality. are a great number of New England localities, not herein shatiionied, in which good specimens are occasionally obtained He | TOURMALINE. At Oban, in alluvial drifts, with gold and crystals of topaz, feldspar, and tin ore; colour, black, opaque; often attached by 2 inches in length, and weighed 9} oz. Some of the specimens from this locality are hexagonal, but mostly hemihedral. Both $ of prism are found terminating in three-faced pyramids. ear Bendemeer, 7 miles down the M‘Donald ‘River, with muscovite in milky quartz, prisms } to 4 inch thick, hemihedral, black opaque. At Black Jack Mountain (Mt. Gulligal), near Bendemeer, in pant vein with orthoclase, in hemihedral prisms ; colour, black, opaq A specimen from this locality measured 2 inches in length ‘(broken prism), I. inches in circumference, and weighed 147 ozs. ; another from the same locality, 4 inches lon inches in meee ied weighed 14? ozs. The last-mentioned oat was penetrated by two smaller prisms of the same Near Bingera, in disintegrated conglomerate drift, with diamond, corundum, and gold, much worn, highly polished ; in shape some- bas a. date-stones; black, opaque, ‘form of prism At Balaia, near Uralla (N, - 1 hite q seo ipat a ), in ong slender prisms on w THE NORTHERN DISTRICTS OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 77 At Never Never, 15 miles north from Tamworth, in large masses of ind — agglutinated together, forming schorl breccia, blac Near / a y (Uralla, N.E.) in amorphous masses, often exceeding 20 Ibs. in weight, black, opaque. Topaz. At Oban (N.E.) in stanniferous drifts, with gold, quartz, feld- ar, and tourmaline; colour, greenish, yellowish, bluish, pale, also colourless ; generally in irregularly broken fragments, but good crystals are not uncommon. risms generally with one perfect termination. A prism with perfect termination from this locality “was 13 geen in length, 4} inches in circumference, and weighed 3°87 O78. troy. Its sp. g. was 3°57. Another specimen from the same locality weighed 3-90 oz. troy, and had a sp. g. of 3° At Serubby ~— y (Emmaville, N.E.), with cedensienninss in rolled fragments much rounded and smoothed, } to 1 inch in diameter ; colour, pale, gree ish, yellowish, colour. Jess. At Rocky Bite (Uralla, N.E.), with gold, spinels and titanic iron sand. At the Gulf, near Emmaville (N.E. ), erystals of topaz 4 inch in length have been observed i situ in cavities in cassiterite. t 4 23 2 2 ow Termination of prism. Side of prism. Prism of topaz (No. 1), from Oban (N.E. CorUNDUM. In Furracabad Creek (Glen Innes, N.E.), rough pieces up to 60 grs. in weight, common ; colours, blue e, brown, mostly opaque. Si r garnet ; colours mostly blue, al or grey. Good stones as s size, tint and freedom from fla a are often met with, but are invariably small, flawed, or of col At Glen Elgin, 30 miles east from Glen Innes, _ amethyst, gold, and tin ore ; colours principally green or Ah green, transparent, sem: ieee nt. Prisms, with one perfect termi tion, are sometimes — and do not appear to have travelled - far, as the angles in most instances clean sharp. 78 NOTES ON SUME MINERAL LOCALITIES IN In oe Creek (N.E.), with tin ore, titanic noone and water- worn quartz crystals; colours, blue, green. opaque, semi-transparent, common ; go ood-coloured ampaieitn stones, rare. At Rocky River (N.E.), it alluvial drifts, with gold, titanic iron, and “gn small, much worn ; colours, blue or brown. = he in ‘Faglehawk oe Doctor s Creek, with diamond, spinel, gold, magnetic iron sand, and waterworn tourmalines, semi- transparent, saat sometimes trangparent colours, blue, red, brown, green, yellow ; generally small in At Oban (N.E.), rare, but occasionally sind in comparatively large pieces, always much rubbed. Parti-coloured stones are often met with in the befure-mentioned localities ; some specimens are from blue to green, others from blue or green, in part, to colourless. Some varieties exhibit rays from to circumference. Following are the weights in grains troy and the sp. g. of four stones from New England :— Locality. bn procteg Sp.G. No. 1. Severn River se 683 4°151 No. 2 - 103 4°120 No, 3. - 194 3-959 No. 4. Oban 257 4-015 No. 1. Colour, blue, semi-transparen No. 2. ae pale , transparent ; ata flawed, worn on e No. 3. Blue, opaque ; slightly worn on edges. No. 4. Blue, opaque ; very much rubbed and rounded. All the above specimens, except No. 4, have been broken in such a manner as to pre sbhee the original crystalline form from being recognized. No. 4 is apparently a portion of a prism in which cleavage has taken seats at right angles * the longer axis. BeErYt. Near Emmaville (N. E.), i in Carr’s claim. Gulf Berar in vee = feldspathic rock ; prisms small, rarely more than +4 In aie Creek (Emmaville, N.E.), haga in worn prisms and with tin ore, small ; colour, pale gre ished pieces ; blue and aad corundum is unded po alo? Salt in Alas a drifts with the beryls, i ia Eis es THE NORTHERN DISTRICTS OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 79 Following is a description of four of the largest stones observed from this localit ity :— No. 1. Colour, pale green ; exterior, rough ; len rounded weight in air, 759 grs.; sp. g. 2°673. No. 2. Portion of prism not much worn ; colour, green, rather pale; weight in air, 341 grs.; s 664. No. 3. Irregular fragment ; colour, green, pale ; weight in air, 319 grs. ; sp. g. "2-703. No. 4. Green prism, much worn, j-in. in diameter, 1 in. long, transparent ; weight in air, 269 grs. ; sp. g. 2°690. Dramonp. In Zaglehawk and Doctor’s Creek, near Bingera, in drift formed by the decomposition of quartz conglomerates, associated with blue, green, red, and colourless corundum ; also, topaz, garnet, tourmaline, and quartz. All the associated minerals are more or less rubbed and worn. At and in the neighbourhood of Tingha (N.E.), small diamppile are occasionally obtained whilst washing for tin ore. larg misshapen octohedral stone was found, or said to have been ee in Cope’s Creek, at Tingha, some time in the year 1882. This stone, which is now in the possession of Mr. 8. W. ——! of glomerate, has become disintegrated, has spread out and enveloped the sides of the hillocks ; other portions, having carried further oe have filled up some of the small obtained, fou there appears to be as ato no phen firm as to senaaad ‘they have been really derived from these conglomerate rocks, or have only become associated with the disinte tegrated ‘istetinds after the decomposition of the original rock. The con- a in question are found to be resting unconformably upon u pid nae upper evonian or lower carboni iferous r and underlaying the diamondiferous drift ; but have never had an opportunity to make a proper search in this locality for fossils. 80 NOTES ON SOME MINERAL LOCALITIES. VESUVIANITE (Jdocrase). At Bowling Alley Point, near Nundle, in cavities in vein of finely granular garnet, penetrating serpentine rock ; in tetragonal prisms, with pyramidal terminations ; colour, dark baie: trans- parent, glassy lustre ; hardness between 6 and 7. Specimen too small to admit of specific gravity being taken ; white streak. Before blowpipe fuses easily to a greenish glassy g obule ; associated with small crystals of pale yellow garnet. Good specimens would probably be met with if proper search were made AXINITE. About 5 miles south-east from Moonbi Railway Station, in tabular acute-edged crystals, grouped together, glassy lustre ; hardness between 6and7. Scratches glass, i is scratched by quartz; . colour, brown ; when newl Sched hasa violet gravity, 3°11 ; streak pale, nearly colourless ; not observed i in situ. spec cimen examined was found detac e , on side of steep mountain. Before blowpipe oe Minow s to black opaque bead ; gives the reactions for mangane WOLFRAM. (Tungstate of Iron and Manganese.) In tributary of Hogue’s Creek, near the road from Glen Innes » Dundee, about 14 miles from Glen Innes, in large lumps amorphous quartz, associated with molybdenite and tin ore, oth of which occur sparingly At Wilson's Downfall, 30 miles north of Tenterfield, in white quartz, with tin ore. At Kingsgate, about 20 miles from Glen Innes, in milky quartz, ted with bismuth, molybdenite, and mispicke 1. A specimen from this locality had a specific gravity of 7-196, and possessed the usual characteristics of wolfram ope A tac ee ae IRIE cea ence Bc Sen EP bo LO ye | Ms Notes on the Genus Doryanthes, with a notice and description of a new species. By Cuartes Moors, F.LS. [Read before the Royal Society of N. .8.W., 3 December, 1884.) Tur Genus Doryanthes—the Gigantic Lily of colonists, or the Goumea of the aborigines—was founded in 1800, on a single species discovered by the earlier settlers in this country, growing i at numbers on the western extremity of Botany Bay, near George’s River. Not one of the many remarkable new forms of plants found by the first scientific explorers in this country appears to have attracted more attention than this so-called Gigantic Lily, extending in more or less abundance as far south as Jervis Bay, near Toowoomba, Queensland. Be that as 1t may the country to the west of Botany Bay may be regarded as the central locality of valuable fibre, which furnished the natives with a material for fishing lines and nets. The late Sir Thomas Mitchell—who long held the office of Surveyor-General of this Colony, and perhaps on the whole the most distinguished colonist Australia can yet boast of—one of the founders of this Society, read a paper at one of its first mectings, entitled the “ Resources of the County of Cumber- land,” in which he drew marked attention to the beauty, tenacity, and probable ultimate value of its fibre, of which, prepared for the occasion, a splendid sample was produced, nearly 3 feet in length, and of quite a silky ap ce ; but notwithstanding the valuable 82 NOTES ON THE GENUS DORYANTHES, ETC. it has not as yet been, so far as I am aware, turned to any com- mercial advantage. In a botanical sense Doryanthes does not belong to the lily tribe, but is one of the family of Amaryllidex, a class of plants principally distinguished from the lilies by having the fruit inferior, z.e., under or outside the floral leaves, instead of within the floral envelope, as characteristic of the Lily family. in many places in high and rocky situations not far from Cun- ningham’s Gap, near the Darling Downs, Queensland, and first and very distinct species of the genus had been discovered growing f teen years previously, having been sent to that establishment as Doryanthes excelsa ; its true character not having been discovered Description. Radical leaves spreading broadl if | y ensiform, 4 to 5 feet long, and about 4 inches broad, much ribbe , terminating in a sha brown bad bed . . * ag “ _ tubular tip tapering to within 9 inches of the base, and then of equal breadth to the point of connection. NOTES ON THE GENUS DORYANTHES, ETC. 83 Scape rarely erect, from 6 to 8 feet high, clothed with acute lanceolate leafy bracts becoming broader towards the apex. nflorescence about 4 feet long, thyrsoid, loose of many long few-flowered spikes, the primary rachis being about 14 inches, than the tube of the periant Stamens shorter than the segments of the flower, gradually sequence somewhat secund, or all bearing towards the ape side. From both of the preceding D. excelsa can at sight be recognized by its large yes head of flowers on a perfectly straight oe stem, and its narrower slightly-ribbed leaves and recu segments of be perianth, ee Ce ee ee be a 38 4 e # i ; £3 * , q : 7 : Water Supply in the Interior of New South Wales. By W. E. Assort, Abbotsford, Wingen. [Read before the Royal Society of N.S.W., 3 December, 1884.] the “conservation of surface water.” In practice, of ‘course there is no such division, as both methods of obtaining a supply of fresh water will be found in operation to a greater or less extent on of the Darling River, which forms the main line of drainage of the Australian Continent. The tributaries of this river flow away from the great dividing range to the north-west and west through a great alluvial plain, sloping imperceptibly from the spurs of the range for a distance to the Darling River of from 200 to 300 miles. The section map appended, taken from Mr. Russell’s form an estimate of how much of it is timbered at present, and what would be the chances of success in the attempt to plant forests. From my own observations, made in many parts of the Darling watershed, I do not think more than 20 per cent. of the - country is timberless, and on that part which is timbered there is climatic conditions. The proof of this is in the fact that where we may reasonably suppose the soluble salts to have been to a large It seemed to me they died as soon as their roots reached the salt subsoil after passing through the surface-soil, out of which the salts had in a great measure been washed by rain. In other places I have seen orchards successfully planted, but always on the banks of rivers where the country had been liable to flood for ages, and where rge gum-trees grew, as they do along the banks of Tivers, but New South Wales. The whole of the interior of the Colony may be described as a single plain, sloping away imperceptibly to the west from the spurs of the great dividing range * This range is on an average less than 3,000 feet high, though many of the peaks rise considerably above that altitude. _NoO- where does it reach the line of perpetual snow d the rivers which flow away to the west, to feed the Darling River, are only maintained by the annual rainfall which, along the mit of the range, 1s about 30 inches, becoming less graduall we go we 5 . above Bourke. (Russell, Rain and River Obs., 1883.) That this plain is of aqueous origin, I think, will scarcely be denied by any- one who carefully considers the numberless facts which support such a conclusion. I know that it has been maintained by Mr. Tenison-W oods that the interior of New South Wales is wholly a formation of wind-blown sand, but I trust that gentleman will yet see reasons for changing his opinion. been covered, within comparatively recent geological time, by @ Sea, partly or perhaps wholly landlocked. - Apart from the scientific interest centred in this question of the ‘geological formation of the Darling country, it has a very direct bearing on the probability of obtaining, by boring or sinking, an WATER SUPPLY IN THE INTERIOR OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 87 adequate supply of artesian or other well water, and for this reason I shall endeavour to state, as shortly as possible, a few of the facts on which the opinions which I hold are grounded. From the western spurs of the dividing range we find the land sloping away to the west as far as the Darling River. West of the Darling, as far as the South Australian boundary, the country, except for a few low ranges, seems to be almost level, as shown the uncertain course which the water takes. In that part of the Colony there have not yet been any railway surveys made, so that we have no accurate records of the levels in any direction Bourke, on the Darling, as shown by the railway survey, is only 349 feet above sea-level, and Dubbo, on the same line of railway, is 865 feet above sea-level. Dubbo is situated just near the edge sea-level. In , by barometer measurement, I made Walgett (which is situated on the Darling River, a little north of west plain which forms the interior of New South Wales has a very even slope to the south-west, along the course of the Darling River, of something less than 1 foot per mile. The fall along the course of the Darling River, following the bends, is only a few inches per mile; but I think, from a series of observations made by myself afew years ago, that the general slope of the country from the Queensland boundary to Bourke is about 8 inches per mile. Below Bourke the fall becomes _less. quartzite, and conglomerates of undetermined geological position. *Ina time-table issued 10 September, 1884, from the Railway Depart- ment, the height above sea-level of Nyngan is given as 637 feet, but as my formation is derived also from the survey of the line, and direct from the Railway Department, it is impossible to say which is correct. does not affect the argument, 88 WATER SUPPLY IN THE INTERIOR OF NEW SOUTH WALES. The slope from the rivers Lachlan and Bogan to the centre of this dividing rise is so gradual as to be quite imperceptible in riding over the country, and no well-defined watercourses are formed i the whole of that piece of country, triangular in shape, about 300 by 250 miles, which is almost enclosed by the three rivers—Bogan, . tions. In this part of the Colony, as well as in all the rest of our western plains, the country on the surface consists for at least 90 per cent. of evenly deposited clay beds, thinly interspersed with stretches of sandy country, which are probably all of tertiary or And h recent geological age. ere I may note that in a country like which they do not, as these more prominent parts pierce through stratified beds of much more recent date. he peculiarities of the great western plain which forms about three-fourths of the Colony of New South Wales are, first, that it runs up among the spurs of the dividing range exactly in the same way that water penetrates a broken coast-line, forming deep bays and inlets with ranges and peaks of hard crystalline or conglomerate Darling River ; and here we may travel hundreds of miles without either owed into water where there was no current, or into & ain as they now do, which had by some agency been rendered so level as to prevent the concentration of their waters in any WATER SUPPLY IN THE INTERIOR OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 89 particular channel, is proved, I think, by the following table, which gives the excavating power of currents of different velocities :— Inches per Miles per second. hour. 3 0°170 will begin to work on fine clay. 6 0°340 will lift fine sand. 0°4,545 will lift sand as coarse as linseed. ill sweep along fi vel, 24 1°3,683 will roll ae pebbles an inch in diameter. 36-20 i angular stones the size of an egg. (D. Stephenson, Canal and River Engineering, p. 315.) The current of the Darling River with a fall of only a few inches per mile is from half a mile to more than a mile per hour, is at least 2 feet per mile, and probably for the first 100 miles more than 3 feet, so that with such a fall these creeks would, as the above table shows, have been able to maintain and deepen their channels, if they ever had had any. The larger creeks or rivers which have, by reason of the great quantity of water carried down from the mountains, succeeded in cutting defined channels through the plain, and reached the lowest level to form the Dar- ling, have one peculiarity which, without exception, is found in them all. From the point at which they leave the mountains they have no defined valleys, although above that point the valleys are well defined, and must have taken ages to cut out. All the t rivers, and yet with a fall of from 2 to 3 feet per mile, and a cur- rent of 3 or 4 miles per hour, as some of them have, we should find many signs of long continued erosion unless, as I suppose, the country had by some agency been rendered so flat in the cross see- tion of the river courses that the most of the water always spread out over the country. The older and harder strata on which the clay beds rest are not level, as is shown by the various depths at which they are reached in sinking wells, therefore it seems clear that if the present rivers, with the current which they would have had with a fall of 2 or 3 feet per mile, had ever flowed along this uneven bottom formation, they never could have built up an even plain with a general level extending over hundreds of miles. Besides the fact that these clay-beds and sand drifts with nearly horizontal stratification are found in places hundreds of feet below re con f signs of the courses of the Namoi, Castlereagh, M impossible to say where the watershed of one river ends and that begins. There is a of the next |} is a remarkable sameness about the 90 WATER SUPPLY IN THE INTERIOR OF NEW SOUTH WALES. whole of the interior of New South Wales. The plains consist almost wholly of two sortsof soil, which inthe most widely separated places are found to possess the same distinctive characteristics. One which constitutes about three-fourths of the whole watershed of the Darling in New South Wales is a red clay with a very rally liable to be flooded wet seasons, the red soil being rarely, if ever, covered to any de or extent by the over- flow fr i This black or greyish black soil, when two kinds of country, there are stretches of sandy country having the same general level as the rest of the plains. The blac soil overlying both the red soil and the sands. Wherever wells have been sunk in the black soil country, either the red soil or the sand reference to each other. I believe they are contemporaneous, an may be found passing under or over each other indiscriminately. Owing to the kindness of Mr. James Doyle, of Invermein, Scone, I have been able to obtain samples of both the red and black soils for analysis. I had some hope that the analysis, or @ microscopical examination of the samples kindly made by Mr. C. 8. Wilkinson, would have thrown some light on the origin of both these formations ; but all that has been shown is that both soils, though very different in appearance, are similar in constitution, and the black soil is probably derived from the red, having been deposited from water having little or no current, as is shown by yee question of the eolian origin of these formations. Mr. ilk, sees ae eens Oe ee ee ee TS ee ee mee anys Ce wee Meee et ee ee ee WATER SUPPLY IN THE INTERIOR OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 91 trace of any organism,” and describes them as “ chiefly silica in angular grains, such as would be derived from rocks of a very silicious nature, such as the silurian, devonian, or tertiary sand- stones, or some kinds of granite.’ Th e probably derived from the same strata as the quartzite Siiglonearates called murillo ridges, or from these conglomerates, The oe analyses are by Mr. Chas. Watt, Government Analyst Analyses of red soil from the Darling watershed. Fixed Substances, Soluble in cold hydrochloric acid— In 100 parts ph ahaa of iron..... 2°76 Alur 2°51 Lim 82 Magsien ID sce yesseesecsevere aoe ea eveves “86 Potash (KO) cnisrits sewers ‘37 Soda ( ) 10 osphorie acid 07 Sulphuric acid ... trace OOTISGBIC BAI 55 Soo ipicck ds 'Sisaenusxens trace Soluble pies Oe. 0 ME Sct even ndibiiiinbensesees our dbe erat trace Decomposable by sulphuric acid— Peroxide £3700; sends Aree Dares 2:31 umina 8°73 Potash (K,0) 06 Sods, (NGO). cc Adicsesiveescurverevs sey svsevs neg and silicates, undecomposable by sulphuric acid 69°84 Combustible and volatile substances— Moisture at 125° C 7°50 ss on ignition ,. 2°24 Total ammo: 7 Nitrat trace 100°17 Analyses of black soil from the Darling watershed. Fixed Substances. Soluble in cold hydrochloric acid— Peroxide of iron 1°78 mg ; a7 i eee eee eee bee B* etter eeeeesreree tee 127 Magn 68 Potash ( (20) “45 a (Na,0) ; . trace 92 WATER SUPPLY IN THE INTERIOR OF NEW SOUTH WALES. Phosphoric acid (P2O5)..... sesseseceserees 07 Sulphuric acid trace MOAPDON AORL 60 i ikass. seselncsev essai i ROR hee tesrecve is tersasier eiia' ieee’ oe trace Decomposable by sulphuric acid— Peroxide of iron 3°23 Alumina 10°68 Potash (KO) 1:08 Soda (Na.0) “84 Silica and silicates, undecomposable by sulphuric acid 67°56 Combustible and volatile substances— Moisture at 125° C 7°78 ss on ignition 1°55 Total ammonia Nitrates traces 100°01 Neitker of the above samples of soil show any trace of chloride of sodium, which I suppose arises from the fact that being taken from near the surface all the most soluble salts had been washed out Plants,” it is shown that in the ash of the salt-bushes soda and Darling, along both banks of the river, at from 20 to 30 feet below the general level of th try, there are st i f intensely numbers. That the salts contained in these springs and in wells where salt water is found all through the interior of New Sou WATER SUPPLY IN THE INTERIOR OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 93 of the great salt lakes now in icticsamsssape is shown, I think, by the following series of analyses Analyses A water from Spring Ridge, Liverpool Plains, from wel t deep, in centre of black soil; plain about 1,100 ye el. above sea-lev Proportion of solid Grains per constituents in gallon. 000 s of wai Chloride of sodium 864°83 ‘ magnesium ............... 170-25 : Sulphate of sodium 54° 0°769 Carbonate of soda o....ece...ceceee eee 60°57 0°850 9 — Wivisvenrn aie 18°15 0°255 magnesia ..........0. 6 BSS 0°467 Silica, i iron, and alumina .. ......... 2°10 0° Organic matter...........:s.ccc0cceseeeee 12°90 0°182 - 1,216°85 Total eae Scteerewed 669° ~ grains per ne AE ccs oon vavacay aces ag yellow, pa a strong odour ot Sparta hydro gen roportion of organic poser in the to render it totally unsuitable for mmeies uses, or whad oh atlas ‘it shoal only be used when other is unobtainable. Analyses of water from Diamond-drill, Girilambone. Colour bright. Total fixed see Sites ahaa 812" ‘48 grains per gallon. chlor Fixed subtle consisting - chlorides of magnesium ‘and sodium, carbonate of lime, sulphate of zinc Analyses of water from Diamond-drill, Girilambone. Total oes — IO veviveceas id i grains per gallon. Fixed m atten edusiating of chlorides of — ’and sodium, carbonat of lime, sulphate of lime, oxide of iron, Analyses of water from Diamond-drill, Girilambone. Total fixed — vised swebeabistcs ca 2 grains per gallon. hlori > he f chlorid and sodium, carbonat of fia ipbate of rae oxide we iron, &e. Analyses of water from Caspian Sea, near mouth of River Ural. Gobel. Constituent (except where otherwise stated). Chloride of sodium...............ssseseseeee ‘3673 magne Pe CSUN 5 ..5..<60. pein ivtvace 00632 ee ate rire ee et 0°0013 (Mg COs3) ium 0°0076 Pete ek Lae eee eee wee 94 WATER SUPPLY IN THE INTERIOR OF NEW SOUTH WALES. Bromide of MagnesiuM ........sscseeeveees trace Sulphate of calcium 00490 3 CASS vv Aedes 0°0171 (Ca COs) Se PONPROMOEN oot ss cc pi vege svtoes 2 Water 99-3086 100-0000 Analyses of water from Caspian Sea at Baku. Abich. Constituent (except where otherwise stated). Chloride of sodium 8°5267 a MAAMUGATUTA: 6. sss 00isevestserers 0°3039 9 IAT ori ivedvalevescesen: os veaeses . POTEAU cu sorsanssenencs as ons trace Bromide of ma EGO Gus coc (Sic svsis ssovey esas Sulphate of Galcwam « sox. stisekss visser tonnes ck Pease 5 OUASHIUNE Sie ioet sceclsaves genes 55 MANOR’ 455 iss Fests 5°32 Waterco ea ea ie ae 70°87 100-000 Analyses of water from the Dead Sea. A. Geikie, Constituent (except where otherwise stated). Chloride of sodinni..;,.:.10 44ers 3°6372 Fs WHAQMOSIUI 605 s9csnan vesove ses 15°9774 = calcium 4°7197 es POvASSIUM —.asissigealdeassss 0°8379 Bromide of magnesium 0°8157 Sulphate of calcium 0:0889 ‘5 POLASKIUM oes cceesescrevssnses tevtewers tas TOAQTICSIUM ......00506 casserss —_ sevseeoes Water 73°9232 100-0000 e mineral constituents of ocean water occur in the following average ratios :— Sodium chloride (common salt) ............ 75°786 gne i mec loride 9°159 Potassium chlori 3°657 Calcium sulphate (gypsum),.........+060+5++ 4°617 Magnesium sulphate (Epsom salts) ...... 5597 Sodium bromide 17184 100-000 Total percentage of salts in sea-water .... 3°527 A, Geikie On"'comparing these tables of analysis, it will be seen that salt lakes vary greatly in the proportion of the mineral constituents tained i i i oride 96 WATER SUPPLY IN THE INTERIOR OF NEW SOUTH WALES. centration which has been reached by the waters. A noticeable feature in the formation of the western plains is the wide distri- bution of gypsum in nodules and beds interstratified with the clay tanks and wells, and also on the surface in places ; and on ques- tioning well-sinkers, I was es struck by the generally expressed opinion that pinged ct ead gypsum you will find salt water not far off. e manner of formation of gypsum will show that the generalization akhod by the practical experience of the well- sinkers is Lae bly not far from the truth. Professor A. Geikie, LL.D., F.R.S., Director-General of the Geolo ayieal — of Great Britain and Treland, says—(Text-book of Geology, p. 398) :—‘‘ The study of the precipitations which take place on the floorsof modernsalt lakes is important, asthrowing light on the history of a number of chemically-formed rocks. The salts 2 these waters accumulate until their point of saturation is reached, 0 until by chemical re-actiontheyare thrown down. e least soluble sodium can begin to be deposited. Hence the concentration and evaporation of the water of a salt lake having a composition like that of sea-water would give rise first toa a layer or sole of A baa followed by one of rock-salt. This has been found to be the normal order among the various saliferous formations in the oatthi's crust. But gypsum may be precipitated without rock-salt, either because the water was diluted before the point of saturation for rock-salt was reached, or because the salt, if mt een was sub- sequently dissolved and re emoved.” Sir A. 0, Ram say, LL.D. F.R.S., P.G.S., President of a British Association for the Advancement of Science, has connected the occurrence of certain red formations with the existence of salt lakes, from the bitter waters of which not only iron of oxide, but often rock-salt, magnesian Sabon, and gypsum, were thrown down. He points to the presence of land plants, footprints of amphibia, and other indications of terrestrial surfaces, while truly marine organ- nt altogether. (Geikie, Text-book of Geology, p. 711) ; also (Inaugural Addréi to British Association for the Advancement of Science, 1880, by A.C. Ramsay, Presiden nt). The absence or scarcity of marine oF lacustrine fossils (for we cannot say they are absent) in the Darling te of recent deposit is not without a parallel in formations of a similar character now being deposited in other parts of the world. P vihoaine Geikie says :—“ As the level of the Dead WATER SUPPLY IN THE INTERIOR OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 97 Sea is liable to variations, parts of the bottom are from time to crystals of common salt and gypsum. Beds of similar saliferous and gypsiferous clays with bands of gypsum wi peer: the slopes for some height above the present surface af the water, and mark = deposits eet when the Dead Sea covered a larger area than it wdoes. Say ee impressions of drifted terrestrial plants, ite strata eisiesi no organic remains.” (Geikie, Text-book of the rivers by which the silt is being carried ms oe clays large rivers reaches the Caspian, the waters of that lake or sea are not so salt as those of the Mediterranean, or even as those of the ocean ; but in the parts most remote from the mouth of the great rivers crystals of salt and gypsum are being deposited with the d i n plains of New South Wales that it would be impossible to come to . any other oe than that both formations had been produced under like conditio sidstable variation in the beds as we pass downwards, but I think there can be no doubt that the saliferous clays and sands with which they are interstratified, as well as the beds and nodules of gypsum, are of salt-lake formation, yor that they are now, and have been for a long period, undergoing a process of washing out, by _ which the salts deposited from the bitter waters are being gradually dissolved out of the soil and carried away to sea, partly through the rivers and partly by underground drainage. Of course 98 WATER SUPPLY IN THE INTERIOR OF NEW SOUTH WALES. such a process of washing out the order in which the salts were deposited would be reversed, the more soluble such as chloride or common salt being dissolved out first, and the least soluble such as gypsum remain gia I know of no agency, except water in such a land-locked sea as the Caspian, capable of sat a all the conditions found in the yer assem has been put forward by Mr. Tenison-Woods, which way resemble the Darling formations, which consist of saliferous —: —— with gypsum and uncompacted sand or sand- ian, the stratification being always, as far as "I can judge, nearly horizontal. Quite recently it has been suggested to me by a gentleman whose opinion should have very great weight, that the plains might be a river formation, and I have given the idea a consideration; and though I cannot deal with the question , I may say that on comparing the suggestion with my own obserations, I find the difficulties in the way of accepting it japera Taking the facts as above stated, and apart from any theory or conclusion as to how the country assumed its present form, I will endeavour to show what are the probabilities of and the difficulties in the way of obtaining a supply of underground water, either artesian or by ordinary wells, festa: which the water would require to be lifted work which has been done by Mr. Russell, the Government “ae EW: in the last ten years, in connection with water supply in the interior of New So sky sire The conclusions reached, though at first disputed, a w, I think, generally accepted. They are, shortly, that the rainfall « of the Darling watershed is not adequately accounted for by evaporation, and the outflow of the ‘that an, pnt in good years about 2, a The difference sm the Darling and the other rivers, even in New South Wales, _Fespect, is very marked, as in most parts of the world the ee of the rivers ranges from one-quarter to one-third of the total rain- fall of the area drained. This applies to rivers having a compara- tively ieahincs course like the Darling. Rivers with steep and hard oat WATER SUPPLY IN THE INTERIOR OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 99 watersheds sometimes carry off as much as 90 per cent. of the amount of rain which falls within their drainage area. The following tables of outflow of various rivers in different parts of the world by different observers will perhaps give a tolerably fair average or normal ratio of outflow to rainfall :— Ratio of drainage or outflow to rainfall. 0°24 Ohio River Missouri 0°15 Upper ississippi 0°24 Small tributaries 2.......s. 0°90 The Thames, in England, carries off a little less than one- third of the rainfall (Beardmore’s Hydrology, p. 201). e Elbe carries off one-quarter of the rainfall (Verhandl Geol. Reichsanstalt, p. 173). The Seine, at Paris, carries off a t i of the rainfall (A. Geikie). The Upper Nepean and Cataract Wales, carry off about 39 per cent. of the rainfall, as shown by hi (H. C. Russell: Journal of the Royal Society of New South Wales, 1883). The Murray is a western river, and in area of drainage is only second to the Darling of all our Australian vers. Mr. Russell’s calculations as to average evaporation in the pted as proves—that in a dry year in the interior of New South Wales, from a water surface the evaporation cannot be more than 5, orat most, 6 feet per year, and is probably less than either of these % 100 WATER SUPPLY IN THE INTERIOR OF NEW SOUTH WALES. ® z S fst : ° 24 eB g BS S oe (2) _ an ° 5 © oe ps) ° fen) m poe o oO Qu oO The only attempt which has yet been made to collect and tabu- late information concerning the wells that have been sunk in the interior was made by Mr. T. K. Abbott, : ogee in the Journal of the Royal Society, New South Wales, rd 9 p ct a ® q ® mn ad ct R in sand or gravel with abundance of fres water, six in cla’ with salt water, eight in rock with water hard to brackish, one m sand with water bitter, and one in rock with water good. It Must not be supposed that this number (eighty-nine) repre- sents all the wells sunk in a given area of country, as there u shed of Cox’s Creek and the Mooki River, seventy-three bottomed in cl WATER SUPPLY IN THE INTERIOR OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 101 proportion of successes to failures becomes gradually less. The most important fact brought out a oe Abbott’s ait is that, on Liverpool Plains, the sand beds are the water-bearing strata, water (described by W. E. Abbott, Journal of the Royal Society, , 1880), and all the other good wells in the most widely separated parts of our western plains, have their source of supply in the sand drifts. The Government borings, as far as I have seen accounts of them, seem to support the inference that these sand drifts are the only sources of fresh water in the west. In many cases the water-bearing sand beds are so fine-grained as to make it difficult, if not impossible, to keep wells or tubes from filling up—generally finer far away from the main range than close to it. These sands are interstratified with the saliferous clays at all depths, are not always quite ae though never, as far as T have seen, very much inclined, an e to the surface in many places. That the fresh water passes ser the surface through these sands, and has by reason of their permeability dissolved out of them the greater part of the soluble salts which they in common with the clays may have originally contained is, I think, tolerably certain. Probably these sand beds are not continuous over any large area of country included in the western plains, nor are they likely to be me connected with each other ; but in those that con- tain fresh water there must necessarily be some connection with the surface pera which they obtain fresh water, and with some outlet, either through the rivers or underground to the sea, by which the soluble salts are carried off, or have been carried off in the past. If this were not so, the water contained in the sands as it is in the clay beds, where it has been imprisoned by the aie“ erent of the strata, would be salt. must have been for a long time a tolerably errs cireu- lation of one through the strata where fresh water ul * IP al that in every one of them where water was found in the clay it was salt, and I think at least five out of six wells sunk further west on the Darling to a depth of 100 feet or under reach salt water. In one case, I knew of nineteen wells sunk on one station, and only one reached fresh water. Of course es, there remains without any outlet; but a little consideration willshow that such a lake, if it were possible, would have the same character 102 WATER SUPPLY IN THE INTERIOR OF NEW SOUTH WALES. as if situated on the surface without any outlet. It would be salt or bitter, as the soluble salts would be dissolved out of the sali- ferous clays and carried into it. Looking at the quantity of salt Ss it is now found, there has been for ages past a current flowing through, with some means of escape, whereby the soluble salts have nearly all been dissolved out along the line of drainage and carried away. Where the water is found, as it is so often in enormous quantities, heavily charged with soluble salts, we may fairly con- clude either that it has no such outlet, or the flow in past a caused by the water under great pressure, and would be strong Springs of fresh water if it were not for the nature of the over- ; act water coming to the surface at all through the clay shows that e water-bearing strata at that particular point cannot be situated very deep. The pipes would, I think, sink by their own weight, and if, as we may reasonably Suppose, the source of supply is a sand bed, bearing strata had been pierced. By filling the pipes with water as they were pressed down the hydraulic pressure of the water would, perhaps, keep the mud out, more particularly if the pipes were filled to some distance above the surface so as to obtain a _ good head of pressure against the mud. For the purpose of water- ing stock, or supplying towns, there can be no doubt that artesian or 0 well water will be of great value, being so much more permanent than any surface supply ; but for the purpose of irrigat- ing and cultivating the western plains of New les, I cussing. The cultivation of the soil is only carried on to a very limited extent in what in our new Land Bill are called the Eastern WATER SUPPLY IN THE INTERIOR OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 103 and Central Divisions of the Colony, and it is certainly unreason- able to suppose that in the far west any set of men will be foun . foolish enough to engage in a kind of cultivation in which expenses would be tenfold ea and the cost of getting sii to market increased in the same ratio. Wells of some kind are almost anecessity on -_ large stationsituated on the western plains, because though water can be conserved in tanks or i to last for a very oma nals time, perhaps even as long as thre but I am quite sure that if any squatters or intending squatters were to attempt to water the dry back blocks by wells only, they would in nine cases out of ten be ruined before they got any returns. In every part of the world the search for artesian water has been a coutly and uncertain process ; and though I think the chances of o g it are as good in the interior of New South urface wa As time goes on perience gained in par- _ localities will make well- -boring _ a matter of uncertainty, and wells will become more and more numerous, each successful carat aki ored giving adjoining sete e a better chance to estimate the probabilities of success and cost in that particular locality ; but it must by no means be forgotten that nothing is more common than for bores to be put down within a few hundred feet of each other (as has been the case in the town of San Fran- cisco), and some will give powerful streamsof artesian water, while others, though sunk far below the level of the source of general supply, will be perfect ; If, as I suppose, the underground fresh water of the interior of New South Wales is contained in the sand-beds of a lacustrine or inland sea formation, out of which the soluble salts have been dissolved, the chances = obtaining artesian water, or water meres rise within easy reach from the surface, are unusually but yet I would = to aie who are engaged in the re of king the dry country, in the words of the wise councillor of Queen Elizabeth, (ators all things it is necessary that ye hasten slowly.” ConsERVATION OF SuRFACE WATER. ere are two ways by which surface water in the interior of New South waa may be stored: either in the natural waterco by means of dams and weirs, or, where there are no suitable water- 104 WATER SUPPLY IN THE INTERIOR OF NEW SOUTH WALES. courses, by leading the water which falls on a hard surface through drains into tanks excavated below the surface level. The first ling resemble canals rather than rivers. We may follow their courses for hundreds of miles without finding any creeks flowin into them ; and though few, if any, can be said to be permanently running streams, yet immense bodies of water pass down them in flood-time from the mountains. What are called temporary dams are sometimes made in some of them when a fresh has nearly run t, and in this way considerable quantities of water are stored been always failures, and the reason is not far to seek. Such a thing as a solid rock foundation is unknown, and the fine clay cases would be in clay, which is very easily washed out by flowing water, and the ends at both sides of the river would have to i xt It seems probable to me that if any serious obstruction were placed in the Darling River, it would totally change its course, or change it in many places, eturning to and leaving the main these warrambools offered a freer course. Three or Syl tals ai tc ee WATER SUPPLY IN THE INTERIOR OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 105 four years ago, I saw an earthen dam which had been placed in the course of the Narran, and raised above the level of the b as quite as deep as the old one, and looked as if it had been Bertpied by the river for ages. Knowing that in many places large areas of very valuable country are situated more than 100 miles r which sheep have of travelling in single file soon cuts out a track a few inches deep, and wherever these tracks happen to have the same direction as the fall of the country, the water is concentrated hen it rains, and a small channel cut out. The accumulated effects of this process over an immense area of country must in Ballonne, it does not now take half the amount of rain to put water in the rivers that it did thirty years ago, just after it was first settled. Next, we come to the method of watering dry country which is most common,—I mean by means of excavated tanks and drains. squatters u wells would be far superior ; and artesian wells are above every- thing else if they could only be bored with a reasonable certainty be made where the natural features of the country are suitable, ~~ the choice in this respect is so limited that they can never beco 106 WATER SUPPLY IN THE INTERIOR OF NEW SOUTH WALES. across the plains, is far too expensive, unless we had a vast, half- starved population like that of India, or China, with only the bare means of subsistence, living from day to day in the imminent fear thing of almost annual occurrence. With excavated tanks the advantages are, first,—the choice of position is much more exten- sive than with any other method of obtaining water in the western country, and the position of a watering-place with reference to the surrounding country may make it of double or treble the value which it would otherwise have. Second, there is no danger from floods of the watering-place being destroyed at a time when plenty ith d i of certainty, whether it will pay to water and stock it or not; having to travel more than 3 miles back with only the same amount of food available, 50 per cent. more sheep could be de tured in the interior of New South Wales. A little consideration will show with mathematical certainty that this must be ‘There is only a certain fixed quantity of force or life-sustaining power in the food available, and if in addition to sustaining the WATER SUPPLY IN THE INTERIOR OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 107 extent of country, when it would really pay to concentrate it. The capital sufficient to make the necessary water so as to give the heep on our inland pastures a fair chance would no doubt be very large, but still I think, after looking into it carefully, it would pay i iture. The bes close to the main tank, and connected with it by means of a pipe, which can be closed when the main tank is full to surface level, and the water must then be pumped from the tank over the embankment, to be stored above the surface in the main tank, run out again from above the surface by means of a syphon and pumped from below for the use of stock. A puddle-gutter, which is simply a trench 6 or 8 feet wide and carried down to the firm imper- any given area of country than is generally supposed, and of course the mistake above mentioned would be avoided. The curvature of the earth being about 8 inches to the mile, and the slope of the country in many places out west about the same, it is of course necessary to take this into consideration in looking for a sufficient slope to cause water to run. e cost of excavation is, on an i h nk described, with an excavation in the main tank of 10,000 yards and in the silt tank of 1,000 yards, would cost, when finished, L —— may be made to hold in the excavation and above the r ithin the embankment about 6,750,000 gallons - water, about laimeestaeatbe of this being above the siurface: It ould be 4 would remove something more than 2,800,000 gallons, leaving 3,900,000 gallons for the use of the sheep for one year. ousand sheep at one gallon each per day would use a little 0 over 4,000,000 gallon It will be seen from this ‘that a tank such as I have described, though of at least four times the capacity of most of the tanks in the western country, would not carry the number of sheep that hro cubic yards excavation, made in the same way as the one above described. These are my reasons for saying that some wells should be made if possible on — station as a last resource, and as the only means of keeping a remnant of the stock on the station if no rain sufficient to fill the fanies br aad fall for a — pe eriod than three years. For my own*part, in spite of all w r from old settlers, I do not believe there ever has been a sobisil “of three years during which over any considerable extent of country there was no rain or storms sufficient to filla tank with a good hard catchment area. In nearly every part of the western plains, when particles and the homogeneous nature of the clay. There are no veins of gravel such as we find in the more broken country, and the whole e appearance of the formations indicate a sameness con- sme over long periods in the conditions under which they were depo If a tank is not quite watertight at first, the Pi fee sedin a eee with the water will generall time, more particularly if the slopes are not too steep. va oie ing dry country, —— a tank will water a WATER SUPPLY IN THE INTERIOR OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 109 rryin have to travel more than 3 miles back from water ; but if the country will only carry a sheep to 4 acres, then, with like conditions, 5,5 il it will only water 5,500. Of course there will be more water available after deducting for evaporation, but even allowing for to support this opinion, but it is supported by the numerous in- stances which have come under my notice of comparatively shallow in it. From the moment water runs into a tank a process of silt- walk into the tank for water, this process will be comparatively rapid, and a good tank may be destroyed in a very few years, that there can be no doubt the water should in every case be ing dry country, the time for which a tank will last, or the rate per annum at which it is likely to silt up, would be an item of ock are watered, and the amount of care exercised, that to lay _ down any rule would only be to mislead. To clean out an old -110 WATER SUPPLY IN THE INTERIOR OF NEW SOUTH WALES. tank which has been silted up is a work of very a difficulty, for long after the water has dried out the extremely fine mud remains in a semi-fluid state, incapable of being shovelled, tr even after the surface has become dry the mud underneath is so soft that it cheap to excavate a new tank as to clean out an old one which has been silted up. Another source of difficulty would be the necessity for allowing the tank to dry out, which could not be done if the country were fully stocked, without first providing some other way of watering or removing t Thinking over this nist Ries seeing its importance in the future as the country is becoming overspread with excavated tanks, which ontly't in a few cases have yet had time to silt up, it has seemed to me that it might be possible to clear out the silt and even materially to deepen and enlarge the tanks while they were full of water; and if beh te ee in other places is borne out in this instance, it might even be done more cheaply than excavating in the first place. “In ‘he ‘ips that some one will test it practically, I will make the suggestion. The method I would suggest is to excavate the silt while the tank is full of water in a wet season. Silt is removed from a depth of 20 feet of water in harbours sont carried out to sea at a cost, i believe, of could be dredged out for about one-third the cost of removing the dry earth. On the Panama Canal dredging machines are now being used, by which the silt is raised in the usual way by means of buckets on an endless chain and then passed into pipes through which it is dumped at some distance from the bank. Knowing these things, it seems that it should be possible to con- struct a smal dredging machine, in parts, so as to be portable, put it together on the station or on the ta nk, and then dredge out the certain—these tanks must be made very much larger in the future _ than they have been in the past, and some means must be found to make them more permament. I offer this —- as a possible way of attaining these ends. WATER SUPPLY IN THE INTERIOR OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 111 The conclusions which I would deduce from the foregoing facts and arguments are :—That the interior of New South Wales is of Division of the Colony, for without such improvements these plains ilized. The money which has been spent in water improvemenis is only a tithe of what must be spent before these plains can be fully stocked. [Map.] 113 A New Self-registering Anemometer and Pluviometer for Sydney Observatory. By H. ©. Russet, B.A., F.R.A.S. [Read before the Royal Society of N.S.W., 17 December, 1884.] Tue first Self-registering Anemometer and Pluviometer in Sydne ey Observatory was made and set to work in 1863, and, with | slight repairs, this instrument has done its work ever since ; but the wear and tear of twenty-one years has told so severely on some of the wheels, more particularly the one into which the screw-spindle of the cups works, that it became necessary either to make extensive repairs or a new instrument. As repairing the old one would have stopped the record, it was determined to have a new one made embodying some ideas which experience had suggested. may be useful to others, I have determined to explain to you the more important parts of the new instrumen Owing to the fact that the Time-ball and ‘shaft are on the only available tower, it was necessary from the first to elevate the vane and cups above them ; otherwise the wind eddying round the shaft affected the cups and vitiated the record ; but as this required the me to be e feet above the leads, there was some difficulty in ringing the motion down to the registering part or cylinder. In the old one this was effected by reducing the rate of motion of the turned once for 560 revolutions of the cup, or 4 miles of In the new anemometer, a brass box 6 x 4x3 inches is placed on top of a tube 3 inches in diameter, and extending 17 feet above the leads of the tower. Into the top of this box a piece of inch pport upper bearing of the 8-inch tube that carries the vane. The lower bearing of this is attached to the side of the box, and a bevel wheel is attached to the lower end, and gears into one of equal size on a h centre ; they work on a spindle inside the vane spindle, the top i ing of bone and the lower one a hardened steel cup, larger than the end of the screw spindle that works in it, so that it serves as oil-cup and bearing. This screw spindle works a wheel ‘fifty teeth, the axis of which is a screw working into a wheel of 114 A NEW SELF-REGISTERING ANEMOMETER AND fifty-six teeth. The axis of this wheel carries a wheel with a grooved m and a light arm which is free to move round it; a spring = this pressed up to the wheel; the end of this arm projects beyond the edge of the groove, and to it the wire workin ing the velocity-pen is attached in such a way that it hangs in front of the groove, and when the wheel is turned round by the motion of the cups, and the pin in the side of it catches the arm mp carries it round, the wire falls into the groove and is wound up one turn on the wheel. As the wheel continues to revolve, : br the arm against an unlocking part which throws it o e pin, and the weight o of the wire at once pulls it round to a starting-point. For each 20 miles of wind, therefore, the wire is drawn up 4 inches and suddenly let go. In placing the cylinder, a convenient position for reference at all times was considered of paramount importance. The o new one on the ground floor, but as this was 58 feet below the leads aid 75 feet from the vane and cups, it became Seu to devise some means of carrying the motion down whic d give the least friction, and at the same time be rigid seca is convey every oscillation of the vane. A suitable material for this was found in steel wire, and it was applied in the following way :— oles having been cut in the four floors, a wire was taken to the grooved wheel on the horizonal axis of the bevel- liege passed one and a half times round it and then down the tower again, where it was passed through the saa on a weight of 5 |b., and then fastened to the other end, thus making a double length of wire from the vane to the floor, 7.e., 75 feet, arranged for endless motion, so that it does not matter how often the vane turns round, it will not come to the limit of motion allowed by the wire. This motion was made to record itself on the vertical cylinder by attaching the wire to a very light frame made of {-inch brass ubing, and carrying four pencils. The me ans of attaching this to factory than I anticipated, ait I dated the elasticity of such a length of wire might allow the vane to move without moving the pencil, but it does not,—the strain of the weight is sufficient to keep the wire straight, and as it has no friction to overcome ex moves with the greatest ease and responds to every motion of the vane. The cylinder for receiving the record is on a vertical axis, and is 8 inches in diamete eter and 10 inches long, and is turned by the clock [PLUVIOMETER FOR SYDNEY OBSERVATORY. 115 at the rate of 1 inch per hour; but the clock is provided with an additional wheel which can be thrown into gear in a moment, an which — causes the cylinder to revolve at the rate of 2 inches per hou s is only used for heavy storms. The bop and bottom bearing of the cylinder project beyond it 1} in. and form the guides for the pencil carriage just described, record is made by a glass pen. This frame and pen serve to pull It will be seen from what has already been said that the motion of direction pencils ak velocity pen are in straight lines; and it is only necessary to add that the — record in line so that both point to the same hour line at once. The direction pencil accords on the upper part of the paper fie 4 inches and the velocity pen records on the lower 4 inches, and the spare pencils do not catch n the pen because, when passing it, they are riding on the guide which lifts them off the paper except when over that part on which they have to record. it is caught in a small glass funnel fitting the tube, and thence led into the tip bucket which happens to be uppermost. These buckets har page 0:20 in. of rain, and are fixed bottom to bottom on an such a way that when standing upright they are not Talicastl ver tend to fall over. This tendency is _ prevented by a catch which holds them upright until 0-20 in. rain has fallen in. As the rain accumulates, the bucket which is at the end of a lever and held up by a spiral spring, descends, on down with it the pen frame which records the rain, and is similar to the other two. By the time the bucket has received the 0: 20 j in. it has descended ae: momentum carries it 180°, or until the oflier bucket has taken its ogee to receive the r ain and follow the same motions. When 116 A NEW SELF-REGISTERING ANEMOMETER, ETC. measured when the paper is changed, i.e. once a day. I have already spoken of the ease with which the direction-parts work, | and may add that the cups which are, as just stated, 75 feet above the ground, will go on recording one or two miles per hour, when there is perfect calm on the ground and amongst the trees 20 or the number of miles recorded. e design for this instrument includes a record of the pressure of the wind, and also an electric pen which, under a signal from the standard clock, will record on the paper each hour as a check made one complete turn backwards, but several times the vane has “hacked” 90°, and once or twice 180°, but in 120 days it has turned in the normal direction 12} times, or once in ten days. 117 On the development of the Monotremes and Ceratodus. By W. H. Catpwett, M.A., Balfour Student in the hei and Fellow of Gonville ‘and Caius College, Cambridge [The Royal Society of N.S.W., 17 December, 1884.] The following mi a is from notes of an extempore explanation by Mr. “Caldwell of the specimens and embryological material recently obtained. im, and exhibi ts ‘d to the members of the Royal Society of N.S.W. on December 17, 1884 Mr. CALDWELL, in introducing his remarks, described the aps eas stances under which he had been led tothe Colonies. It wast years since his master, the late Professor Balfour, F.R.S., vigeuad to him, when still his pupil, that it might be possible for him to England and all over the world made this possibility much easier to him (Mr. Caldwell), for whilst he had left his post in Cambridge he was still attached by holding the Balfour Studentship. he came out, two years ago, he found very great difficulty in getting specimens of the platypus or echidna. Whilst every one told him it was to be obtained in this river or in that, he conte found that the skin-hunter had been before him. ‘The first few months of the present et he spent in obtaining soa — as kangaroos, opossums, and native bears. A knowled early stages of the pene was considered in the Colonies to be universal property, and every one considered himself qualified to tell him how the kangaroos produced — young. Asa matter of fact, of modern morphological work upon the subject had not been found. Although no naturalist expected to find the kangaroo growing on the teat, no one had found the stages from impreg- nation up to birth of the young. This material, however, he had present year. He had made a number of expeditions all over New South Wales in search of marsupials, and in April of this 118 DEVELOPMENT OF THE MONOTREMES AND CERATODUS. year he went to the Burnett River, in Queensland, lao the ceratodus is found. He had remained there since ~— time, and whilst he obtained there the ceratodus, he also got in the same district the early stages of the ornithorhynchus and the echidna or porcupine. He then said a few words about his camp. He found it was useless to live on the stations * far away from the river if he hoped to observe the ceratodi. was four months before he found y his camping on the bank of the river. His material for observation was obtained by an aboriginal camp, he having at one time as many as fifty aborigines at work for him. They got the porcupines for him, and some he employed searching weeds for the ceratodus. He proposed to describe the outlines of the embryology of a three main groups of animals which formed his _ of w in Australia, and the embryology of which w h of two, entirely unknown before, and in the case re marsupials unknown in the early stages. To make the ie clear to those would state with regard to his investigations were not theories but were facts, and were consequently not open to argument. Within the last few weeks he had received several letters from people denying that the platypus laid eggs, and they wanted him to argue about it. That was impossible. He stated a fact; it e a few specimens, and not with the intention of See into any theoretical consideration toe from these facts Starting with the marsupial animals, he would go on to describe the ceratodus and then the monotremes. Marsupials were found milk-givin dogs and cats; but the difference between the marsupials and the higher mammals of the old world was that the young were DEVELOPMENT OF THE MONOTREMES AND CERATODUS. 119 born at a very early stage, and this fact carried with it a series of from the ordinary mammals, such as the cat, dog, or sheep. The main difference between these latter and the marsupials was that es embryo in the uterus before birth had no vascular attachment to the walls. There was no blood nourishment passing from the parent to the young animal. The egg of the marsupial had, in common with that of the higher mammals, a very small amount of food yolk -nsmge He then, by the aid of err. described the f the egg of the marsupial. But t marsupials tly a eebcline arrangement of the membranes, thou ber the development of the egg itself was not deeataiiveics. different from the development of the higher mammals He then passed on to the development of the ceratodus. This animal was a representative of a series of animals which once and Burnett Rivers; the see the lepidosiren, found in the Amazon ; and the thi rd, ne protopterus, found in certain of the rivers of Africa. These three formed a class different from all other animals, a OG as they possessed gills, and had the form of a fish in an adult state, and at the same time they possessed lungs. The structure known in other fish as the air- bladder became in this fish highly vascular, and the aerated blood ening by oxygen did not pass from the air-bladder through the system, but passed direct to the heart, and there they had the first idiidion of two chambers in the heart, and they had for the first time arterial blood in the heart of a fish. Blood was found in that time the fish were ripe, the ovaries and testes being nearly developed ; but it was not till the beginning of September that he found the first eggs of the ceratodus. He spent many weeks hunt- ing, and, with the assistance of the blacks, tained up many hundred waterholes ‘hefon e he found the eggs. The eggs were Tid upon mon newt. The whole development of the ceratodus had a strong resemblance to that of the amphibians, and any one who had any uaintance with the she nina of a newt would at once “yes the resemblance. These eggs were fertilized in the water in a similar way to some , species of the torr The eggs he found it very difficult to get. They were covered with an enormous - 120 DEVELOPMENT OF THE MONOTREMES AND CERATODUS. quantity of gelatinous matter which required some special means to remove. He was eight days before he got a single egg out whole. When he succeeded in getting the early stages, it remained to rear them until they were practically identical with the adult fish. This was a very difficult task, as the enemies of the ceratodus were very numerous. There were two kinds of fungi whic attacked theeggs. He put in crustacea to devour the fungus, but these in turn attacked the young fish when it emerged from the egg e was three months, till near the end of November, developing the eggs. The living fish on the table had been hatched some weeks ago, but the hind legs were not yet developed. The development of the fins would probably yield important know- edge on embryology. The egg of the ceratodus underwent a: complete segmentation similar to that of the kangaroo. He then proceeded to describe the monotremata, namely—the ornithorhynchus and echidna. These, though differing from one another, were identical in structure, and were in every way similar animals. These two living representatives formed something quite as unique in its way as the ceratodus. They were both milk-giving, development in the platypus, pointing out the large food yolk and » had found that invariably the female platypus had two eggs, and these left the parent at about the age of a chick thirty-six — after the laying of the egg, With regard to the echidna, he had not determined the exact age at which the young were born. That of the platypus he had discovered by a lucky chance. He happened to kill one which These were the facts determined by his researches. But the research was still in its early stages. Years would before the details of the settee could be discovered and mterpreted. So far the material had been only roughly examined, DEVELOPMENT OF THE MONOTREMES AND CERATODUS. 121 and it promised to os with the help of the instruments now at the command of the embryologist, great results. They might perhaps ask what, prod all, these investigations were for. In the early days of ‘Darwinism it was hoped to get a or every animal, This is still the object for which much excellent work is done. But now that all biologists are Darwinists, i shio in itself a great step in advance. But there are further steps to be made, and it is by observing the minute differences betwee organic beings that the morphologist hopes to discover those laws which form the basis of his philosophy. Mr. CALDWELL, in answer to a question as to whether he had come to any conclusion with regard to what became of the embryo how it becomes attached to the mother’s rh ct gd lar) = i) ct wR a SS me © Soy re) =] Qu ung were attached to the teat at all. For a week or so after birth sis shook of a fall is sufficient to detach the young one e mammary glan t was a few weeks after the first attachment that the lips grew over the extremity of the teat, but no connection actually took place between it and the mouth. B careful manipulation one could always extricate the lips of the young kangaroo from the teat. He had not personally observed how the embryo was actually moved into the pouch— considered it of sufficient importance to waste any time about. e could conceive no difficulty in the lips or tongue of the mother kangaroo placing the young, which was at least an inch long to hi when born, upon the teat. The question ee not appear m to bea matter of any importance—it did not form part of hi researches. e PRESIDENT conveyed the thanks of the Society to Mr. Caldwell for the interesting account of his researches and dis- coveries. Mr. Catpwe t states he is very anxious to find a large “sae of kangaroos, and would be obliged if any one knowing of garoo drive in actual work, no matter in what part of the Golonion, would inform him of the locali ity. 122 DEVELOPMENT OF THE MONOTREMES AND CERATODUS. List of sists placed on the table see NOTREMATA, 1. Series of early stages of "Gel us, from a ad hours afte fertilization to the newly laid vm “ata about the stage of a 36-hour hick: 2. Series a arty stages of Echidna, from just before laying s the newly hatched foetus. 3. Various stages of young Echidna, from hatching up to 5 inches long. DIpnot. 1. Complete series of Ceratodus, from the seer egg to hatching. 2. Gabe on of young Ceratodus after hatchin 3. a e “rags ing live Ceratodus, aged ‘1 month and 10 days from ARSUPIALIA 1, Series ic about thirty stages, from segmenting egg up to birth of Ei retos cinereus 2 Di - almaturus ru Us. 3. Specimens showing the arrangement of the embryonic membranes in Macropus major. PROCEEDINGS. ee 125° PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES. WEDNESDAY, 7 MAY, 1884. ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING. Hon. Prof. Surru, C.M.G., President, in the Chair. The minutes of the meeting held on December 5th, 1883, were read and confirmed. The Annual Report of the Council was then read, as follows :— ‘‘In presenting its Annual Report, the Council has the pleasure to state that the Society's affairs continue to steadily prosper. The number of new members elected during the year was thirty, the Society lost by death six members, by resignation two, ten had _ to be struck off the roll for the non-payment of annual subscription, the election of three new members was cancelled on account of non- pamphlets as donations ; in return it has presented 309 volumes to various kindred Societies, as per accompanying list, to which the following names have been added during the year, viz :—The Royal Agricultural Society of England, the Institute of Chemis- try, London ; the Bristol Naturalists’ Society, and the Editor of ‘Science,’ Cambridge, Mass, U.S.A. ‘The Council has subscribed to fifty scientific journals and publi- cations, and has purchased 588 volumes, am i Quekett Microscopical Club, Journal ; Science Gossip ; Telegraphic Journal ; Photographic Society, Journal ; Geological Society of 126 PROCEEDINGS. Sety’ S sapere at a cost of £342 3s. 3d. “The following Societies and Institutes have been written to, soliciting such volumes and parts of their publications as are uired to complete the sets now in the Society’s library ; and request of the Council or promised to do so as far as ossible :— Baltimore, *Johns Hopkins University ; Brussels, *Société Royale Malacologique de Belgique; Caen, *Académie Nationale des Sciences, Arts, et Belles Lettres ; Calcutta, Geological Survey of India ; Cambridge, *Philosophical Society ; Dublin, Royal Dublin Society and Royal Irish Academy ; Edinburgh, Botanical Society, *Geological Society, and *Royal Physical Society ; Glasgow Geological Society ; — Conchological Society ; Libge, ¥ Société Géologique de Belgique ; Liverpool, *Literary and Philosophical Society ; London Physical oo South Kensington Museum, and *Royal Astronomical Society ; Madison, Superintendent of lo, *Government Botanist; Paris, *Société Zoologique de Fra Penzance, Royal Geographical Society of Cornwall ; Philadelphia, cademy of Natural Sciences and *Franklin Institute ; Plymouth, *Plymouth Institution and Devon and Cornwall Natural History, Society ; Rome, R. Accademia dei Lincei ; Salem, Mass., American pee for the Advancement of Science and Essex Institution ; ; ashington, American Medical Association, Chief of Engineers (War Department), *Chief Signal Officer (War Department), Director of the Mint, *Hon. Secretary (Department of the ira *Smithsonian Institution, and *United States National Museum. : sek Cambridge, Mass., U.S.A. ; the Botanic and Zoological Gardens, Singapore ; Kéniglich Offentliche Bibliothek, Dresden ; Verein fiir Erdkunde zu Dresden. And the e following Societies, already on the list, have commenced sending their publications, viz. :— Académie des Sciences, Tiwetplione et Belles Lettres de Toulouse, Société d’Anthropologie de Paris, Société d’Encouragement pour VIndustrie Nationale, Société de Géographie, Société Zoologique de France, ang rene ane Verein in Karlsruhe, Peabody cade emy of Science, Salem, “The Council reports oe pend the past year the mortgage upon the building has been reduced from £1,500 to £1,100; the rege subscribed to pe agrees Fund during the year was £100 and the balance now standing to the credit of the fund in the Bork is £44 4s, 11d. The sum of £267 8s. has also been prom: on condition that the full amount of £1,000 be obtained neces- sary to secure the Parieneuary é ie of £500. hae wpa pea PI ee i PROCEEDINGS. 127 “ The Society’s Journal, vol. xvi, for 1882, has been distributed to all members entitled to it; the issue was greatly — owing to the press of work in the Government Prin rinting Office. Vol. is already in type, and will be published very shortly. es Dari ring the year the Society held nine meetings, silane one adjourned meeting, at which thirteen papers were read. The Medical and Microscopical Sections have held regular monthly t by the fact that so many of them had been reprinted the home pore At the Council meeting held on 13th December, 1883, it was unanimously resolved to award the Clarke medal for 1884 to Alfred R. C. Selw wyn, LL.D., F.R.S., Director of the Geological Survey of Canada, and a ak Director of the ace spee Survey of Victoria from 1853 t “Tn response to the offer of prizes by the ‘Noslety for communica- tions Baie ning the results of original research or observation upon given subjects, the ot were received :—On the Chemis- try of the Australian Gum and Res ins, nil; on the Water Supply in the interior of New South Wales, six papers; on the embryo- logy and development of the Marsupials, two papers; on the awarded no prize, as it was considered tha t+ none of the papers i ood. done must not, however, be measured simply by the essays sent in for competition. Attention has, by the Society’s action, been drawn to the various subjects, as shown by the subsequent con- tribution of non-competitive papers to the Society, and by the fact that in certain cases it has =— the subjects to be discussed in the daily papers and elsewher “The Council has since ae the following list of subjects, with the offer of the Society’s bronze medal and a price of £25 for each of the best researches, if of sufficient merit. Series IIT. <0 be sent in not later than September 30,1884: No. 9. Origin and mode of occurrence of Gold-bearing Veins of the associated minerals. 10. Influence i the Australian Climate in pro- ducing ibcdibosiicas of disea No. 11. On the Infusoria peculiar to Australia. No. 19. Oe Water Supply in the interior of New South Wales. Series I1V.—To be sent in not later than May 1, 1885: No. 13. Anatomy and life history of the Echidna and Platypus. No. 14. Anatomy and life history of Mollusca peculiar to Australia. No. 15. The chemical composition of the products from 0 so-called Kerosene Shale of New South Wales. Series V.—To be sent in not later than May 1, 1586: No. 16. On the chemistry of the Australian Gums and Resins.” 128 PROCEEDINGS. The following Financial Statement for the sie sr 30 April, 1884, was presented by the Honorary Treasu pehetiseret serial Rec Boe » See a To balance in Union Bank, 30th Apri rl, 1 "1883 f baat Meee” », Subscriptionfrom 1st May, 1883, to 30th April, + on 1 3) entrance fees from Ist "May, "1883, ‘to 30th April, 1884 sie ae tes tes 5210 0 ————. 665 18 6 gacqersmmarrtd Grant on ee and entrance fees, from Ist January to 3lst December, eee 38.— viz., he alf the nt dear a Jv 887 T16 :, Sale of Society’s Journal ve ise oe ee 3-20 £1,013 19 8 EXPENDITURE. Le hd, £ s. d. By ogre ts 22 3G 33 stant Secretary —12 months’ salary to 30th April, 1884 200 0 0 », books and periodicals ee 342 3 3 >, bookbindin 12 14 6 »» corporate seal and 1418 6 2, covering and packing” exchanges and pre- sentat: saa: to oe gitimoese E86 > — ering Society’s J 417 3 » engraving erage eS yee Society's 8 Jo ournal and Clarke Me 16. 5.6 as freight, cartage, Customs entries, &e. uae 1414 0 Ps “in — = effec res 1010 0 Pe wee e 1516 6 99 De cieper, to in April, ight a sie 10 0 0 »» interest on mortgage £1,500 a oe: 2 6 pe insurance on bui iding (for £4 ,000) oo G a ot on and furniture (for 00) 210 0 "9 Mierooopca ‘Section — Orthoscopie eye- pieces for Microsc ies 6 6 0 9 posliige : abe : 33 18 0 2» petty cash : aoe ae an 16° 2:0 >») printing . “i 728 2.0 ‘; rates—City, wat er, and. sewerage j ee 34 8 0 %» chew ie aoa, regio me ne bes i 1157.0 »» Tepairs to premises be bee 1012 6 +» Stationery a a a fe ae 61 18° 9 sundries .., “i ek 1g: 6 ——._ 964 17 9 ;, Balance in Union Bank, 30th April, 1884 ... 49 111 sie = 19 8 H. G. A. WRIGHT, Honorary Treasuker. rer. Audited,— W. H. WEBB, Assistant Secre' retary. W. G. Murray, PROCEEDINGS, 129 BUILDING FUND ACCOUNT. RECEIPTS. wee To balance in the Union qo "ned April, 1883 ast tals ee we le ;, subscriptions to Building F i RODAG 0 5 gine mba? rant on en A received from Ist uary to 3lst December, — £153 1 : ws 16 1936 9, rent of rota rer webby Socie as we - 16102 S £444 411 EXPENDITURE. See By amount paid Savings ig of New South Wales in re- duction of mortga aS ce aa SOU ;, balance in Union Bank, Both April, 1884 < bcs ove 44 411 £444 4 11 H. G. A. WRIGHT, Honorary Treasurer. W. H. WEBB, Assistant Secretary. Audited,— W. G. face et P. N. TREBECK. Sydney, 2nd ay 1884, STATEMENT OF Peni AND "sor coon ON THE nH APRIL, 1884. Ass SoBe a To balance in Union Bank to credit of Gaia Account... 49 1 ll 3, subscriptions due 9915 0 », Tent o f Hal, Senate of the University —two months due 884 613 4 » books and farnieate valued at.. a . 2,5 0 »» premises in Elizabeth Street—cost of. pur rchas 3,525. @ 0 an Galatios in Union Bank to credit of Building Fund “Account 44 411 £6,224 15 2 ba md Savings Bank of New South Waterton on —- ry 100.20 0 , balance of assets over liabilitie 0 Glebe 2 £6,224 15 2 H. G. A. WRIGHT, Honorary Treasurer. W. H. WEBB, Assistant Secretary Audited,— Ww. G. Murray, . TREBECK. Ps Sydney, 2nd May, 1884. 130 PROCEEDINGS. CLARKE MEMORIAL FUND ACCOUNT. 1884. March 29—To amount at fixed deposit in Orient alee (balance 29th March, 1883, £226 ie, “cm terest twelve months at 6 per cent., £13 12s. 4d.)... 240 811 a: 8 H. G. A. WRIGHT, Honorary Treasurer. W.H. WEBB, Assistant Secretary. re Sydney, ond May, 1884. The statement was adopted. Messrs. E. L. Montefiore and P. N. Trebeck were elected Scrutineers for the election of officers and members of Council. A ballot was then taken, and the following gentlemen were duly elected officers and members of Council for the current year :— RARY PRESIDE HIS EXCELLENCY coe P RIGHT pe LORD ) AUGUSTUS LOFTUS, & PRESIDENT: H. C. RUSSELL, B.A., F.R.A.S. VICE-PRESIDENTS: W. A. DIXON, F.C.S. Dr. W. MORRIS. HON. TREASURER: H. G. A. WRIGHT, M.R.C.S.E. HON. SECRETARIES: Pror. LIVERSIDGE, F.R.S. Dr. LEIBIUS, M.A., F.C.S. MBERS OF COUNCIL Hon. Pror. SMITH, C. ib re M.D., | CHR. ROLLESTON, C.M.G. M.L.C. WwW. DER. CHARLES MOORE, F.L.S. P. R. PEDLEY. ROBERT HUNT, F.G.S. The — gentlemen were duly elected ordinary members of am. Richard B., Sydney. Haswell, Wm. Aitc tcheson, M.A., B.Sc., Sydney. M‘Cormick, Alex., , Ch.M., M.R.C.S.E., Sydney. ome Walter genome Sydney. he certificates of three new eeurcecs were read for the second rors and of six for the first ti | | » PROCEEDINGS. 7 131 The names of the Committee-men of the different Sections of the Society were announced, viz. :— Microscopical Section —Chairman : G. D. Hirst. Secretary : F. B. Kyngdon. Committee: Dr. Morris, H. G. A. Wright, M.R.C.S.E., P. R. Pedley, and R. Fraser. Medical Section.—Chairman: Dr. H. N. MacLaurin, M.A. Secretaries: Thomas Evans, M.R.C.S.E, Dr. Hurst. Committee: Dr. Fortescue, Dr. Brady, Dr. Shewen, Dr. F Manning, Dr. Oram, and Dr. Craig Dixson. Two hundred and ninety-five donations were laid upon the bl e. The Hon. Professor SuitH, C.M.G., &c., President, then read his address. Mr. Russet (the newly elected President) briefly expressed his thanks for the great honour done him, which he said was for the world. The Council invited the members of the Society to a gathering on the third Tuesday in June, to be held in that room. vote of thanks was passed to the retiring President and Office-bearers. About fifty members were present. WEDNESDAY, 4 JUNE, 1884. H. ©. Russert, B.A., President, in the Chair. The minutes of the last meeting were read and confirmed. The following gentlemen were duly elected ordinary members of the Society :— Townsend, G. W., C.E., Sydney. The certificates of six new candidates were read for the second time, and of four for the first time. The PResipENT reminded the Meeting that the reception would be held on Tuesday the 17th instant, at 8 p.m., and requested y previous. Forty-six donations were laid upon the table. 132 PROCEEDINGS. vs sti was read on “Rain and its Causes” by Mr. Epwin Mr. Wa ter SHetisHear, A.M.I.C.E., read a paper on “The Removal of Bars from the Entrances to our Rivers.” A discussion followed, in which the following — n took part, viz. :—Messrs. J. Trevor Jones, W. G. Murray, and the Chairman. Dr. Lersrvs, on behalf of Mr. Mansfield, exhibited a peculiar scum taken from a water-hole near Campbelltown, which possessed the property of changing its colour from red to green, and vice- microscope it was thought to belong to the Jnfusoria, of the family , Viz., Astasia hematodes . L. MonTEFIORE presented to the Society a drawing of the skslanens of the Iguwanodon Bernissartensis, found in the coal easures of Bernissart, in Belgium. e skeleton, which is placed in the Royal Museum at Brussels, is about 15 feet high, and 24 feet in length from head to tail, and bears a striking resemblance to the common kangaroo, only of gigantic size. About forty members were present. WEDNESDAY, 2 JULY, 1884. H. C. Russett, B.A., President, in the Chair. The minutes of the last meeting were read and confirmed. The following gentlemen were duly elected ordinary members of the Society :— Binstead, W. H., Petersham. Smith, F. Moore, M.D., Sydney. Verde, Felice, Spezia. Wiesener, T. F. , Sydney. The certificates of four ca Sean goer were read for the second time, and of nine for the ; Fifty-four donations were ‘aid upon the table. Dr. Lerstus, M.A., F.C.S., read a paper “ Notes on Gold.” discussion followed, in which the a pbadienncts took part, viz. essrs. W. Dr. Renni enry, Prof. Smith, Prof. Liversidge, Dr. Leibius, may the Chairman, fessor Liversidge, F.R.S., made a few remarks in explana- the rooms for inspection. They consisted of a model of beautifully crystallized gold, in large crystals, a end to spre in branching arborescent forms, prepared from the original in the Museum of _ part, viz. W. Neill. ON Te Bp on ee PE ee eRe RTE Se REE Ce he ene, beep PROCEEDINGS. 133 Science and Art, Edinburgh, by Professor Archer, Director. Specimens of concretions of iron pyrites, containing septa of quartz, resembling the well-known septaria from the London clay, occur- ring at Sunnyside, Mitchell’s Creek, Bathurst district ; collected by Mr. J. M. Smith. -Axinite, in large crystals of a clove-brown colour, from the Nundle district. Idocrase, with small well-devel- known as grossularite. These, together with the axinite, were found by Mr. D. A. Porter, of Tamworth, a most diligent and ound by Mr. Murdoch, near Dubbo. Professor Liversidge also submitted specimens of nardoo, yowa, nyeroo, and kootoo seeds, and small bulbs used by the aborigines of Central Australia Professor Smith said crystallized specimens were not infrequent in the early days, but they were not so frequent in the present day. ge sums had been offered for specimens of the kind for the The Rev. P. Macpnerson, M.A., read a paper on “ The Oven Mounds of Aborigines in Victoria.” A discussion followed, in which the following gentlemen took iz. :—Dr. Creed, Messrs. J. W. M‘Cutcheon, J. Henry, and Mr. W. Nett exhibited some very rich specimens of gold in quartz and mispickel from the new mine Wahaup, East Ballarat. About twenty-five members were present. 134 PROCEEDINGS. WEDNESDAY, 6 AUGUST, 1884. H. C. Russext, B.A., President, in the Chair. The minutes of the last meeting were read and confirmed. the Societ Barry, The Most Rev. Dr., D.D., D.C.L., LL.D., Bishop The following gentlemen were duly elected ordinary members of jaye of Sydney. Chesterman, Alfred H., St. Peter’s. Jones, L. C. Russell, Sydney. Sunderland, Rev. J. P., Sydney. certificates of nine new ee were read for the second time, oe of five for the first t: The fo ohetg donations were laid upon the table :—327 vols. and pamphlets, seven charts, forty-six photographs (anthropolo- gical), and a collection of fossils. The CHAIRMAN announced that the Conversazione would be held on the second Wednesday in October (Oct. 8),in the Great Hall of the University. ENCE HarGrave read a paper, “ Notes on the Trochoided 1 Plane,” and exhibited various models to illustrate the same. The paper was explanatory of some models of animal progression exhibited before the Society (at a recent reception by the Council), and gave in detail the opinions and deductions he had formed from his observations of ea se motions of animals. The author was of opinion that ther vidence to show that Nature almost universally used the trochoided plane for the Piarapennt of force, and that its use by man opened up a wide fiel Hargrave requested the Society to give its ade pe eri or not there were grounds for believing that the trochoided plane was a nee shay power, and if not, under what head did the embers clas: Some remarks were made by the Hon. Professor Smith and Mr. H. C. Russell. ‘The CuarrMan read a telegram which had been received by Mr. Ellery, from Kiel, respecting the position of Barnard’s comet on the 1st August. Some remarks were made by Mr. G. D. Hirst. About thirty-five members were present. PROCEEDINGS. 135 WEDNESDAY, 3 SEPTEMBER, 188}. H. C. Russet, B.A., President, in the Chair. The minutes of the last meeting were read and confirmed. The ee gentlemen were duly elected ordinary members of the ety :-— ay Sa ml. Herbert, F.C.S., F.G.S., Sydney. ney. Gibbs, J. Burton, Sydney. Gill, Rev. Wm. Wyatt, B.A., Lond., Marrickville. J enkins, Edw. J ohnstone, M.A., M. B., Oxon, M.R.C.P., M. , L.S.A., Lond., Sydney. Kendall, “Theodore M., B. i, 3s RR. C.S., L.B.C.P., Lond, Sydney. Mackenzie, John Bower, M.I.C.E., Sydney. Wood, Arthur Pepys, C.E., Sydney. The certificates of five new ee were read for the second time, and of three for the first tim The following oe et sven by the Council, were duly agreed to, viz. :—Va, [Xa, [Xs, XII, XIVa, XXa, XX, XXIILa, XX VI, XXV Is. One hundred and five donations were laid upon the table. rH. C, RUSSELL, B.A., F.R.A.S., read a paper on “A new ‘nly of Actinometer.” The i nstrument, although not quite com- pleted, was exhibited and described by Mr. Russell. Some gece were made by Messrs. G. D. Hirst, L. Hargrave, and W. A. Dix Twenty-six a were present. WEDNESDAY, 8 OCTOBER, 1884. Conversazione was held in the Great Hall of the University, under the management of a Committee composed 0 Mr. H. C. Russell, B.A., Dr. W. Morris, one of the Vice- in per the Hon. Secretaries, Professor Liversidge, F.R.S., Dr. Leibius, M.A., and Messrs. Charles Moore, F.L.S., Robert "Hunt, F.G.8., and F. B. Kyngdon. The Hall and the approaches were tastefully decorated wi palms, ferns, “me rare pot plants, by Mr. C. Moore, E.LS., Direotor of the Botanic Messrs. J. micas ad and F. Morley presided at the organ, and select pieces were played at intervals. The number of guests present was between 800 and 900. 136 PROCEEDINGS. List oF EXHIBITORS. Balfour, James.—Views of Indian scenery. Bolding, H. J.—1. Microscope. 2. Curious specimen of pine Cox, Hon. Geo. H., M.L.C. Views of Indian scenery. Crummer, H. 8S. W.—“ New Zealand Illustrated,” by George Delarue, L. H.—Microscope and object Department of Mines (from Geological Breve Branch ).—1. Collec- tion silver ores from the mines near Silverton, Barrier an, . Collection of various minerals from Wow South cheleg and coal. 2. Plans of diamond-drill connections, arte- tubing, &e. 3. San es of cores, Flavelle Bros. and Roberts.—1. Insulite galvanic battery. 2. icroscope by Ross, and objects. Fraser, Robert.—Microscope showing Chrisophrina Australis. Gipps, Fredk. B., C.E.—1. Omnimeter. 2. Model of an improved Poirie movable needle weir. 3. Rare book; History and Geography of vga ay written in Persian. Hargrave, Lawrence.—The Trochoided Plane, and its relation to animal progression. Haswell, W. A., M.A.—The Barnes automatic microtome. Jenkins, Hawaed J., M.A.—“ Australian Views” by Captain Knox, E. Rd Three polariscopes for sugar analysis. 2 Colorimeter, for comparing the relative amount of colour in two liquids. 3. Microscope showing a living Acarus sacchari. Kyngdon, F. B.—-Microscope and objects. ~ebae Prof., F.R.S8.—1. a of crystallized gold, Australian. 2. Specimens of crystallized and other gold, New South Wales. 3. New models of yeti llores axes. 4. Microscopes. Little, Dr. William.—Microscope and ndees Mackellar, Dr. C. K.—Microscope by Sw ore G. E.—1. Silurian and ievsiilas pee from Yass and rrumbidgee. 2. Fossils from Capertee Creek, Mudgee. 3. Pate Cepia, Phyllotheca, &c., from J oadja & Berrima Colliery. 4. Gems, garnets, rubies, ke. from town of Berrima. anning, His Honor Sir William, LL.D.—1. Microscope. 2. Medallion of Oliver Cromwell. 3. Malachite from Peak land. Martin, Rev. George.—Two microscopes and objects. Morris, Dr. W.—Microscope and objects. ie pi ii a ear i cai s G Rae N i oe PROCEEDINGS. 137 Robertson, banca: —l. Large photograph of the Moon. 2. Telluri Royal Boaisty” of New South Wales—1. Microscope by Swift. . Photographs, anthropological, &c. 3. Autograph letters from eminent men. Russell, H. C.—1. Automatic circle-divider. 2. mere Sinclair, S.—1. Specimens of Greenland Flora. 2 Models of eenland canoes, deer, dogs, hess cut in bone by the natives, Smedley, John.—1. Two volumes of Japanese hand-painted works of illustrations of their legends and historical events. 2. Three books of original sketches in China and Japan. 3. Japanese enamel vases, &c, Smith, Hon. Prof., C.M.G.—1. Electric reading-lamp. 2. Portable batte ery and bell. 3. Static induction machine driven by a riscom motor. 4. Magneto-electric machine by Breguet. 5. Electro motor by Apps. 6. Electro motor by Ayrton & Ammeter by Ayrton & Perry. 8. Spectroscopes. Surveyor-General’ s Department (Trigo age Branch).— : Large telescope of colonial 2. Three electrical ontact chronometers duastipinal Museum oo Enlarged models in papier maché, plaster casts and fictile ivories, photogravures. 2. Official ate topographical f Switzerland, 25 plates. University (Chemical Laboratory).—l. etrological microscope. d poli ornamental stone: 3 pparatus to esac 10. moras oniometers. Furnace for heating Seid &e., de. , &e. University (Medical School) — —l. pecan ee preparations. 2. a ge apparatu Walker, H. O.—Mi pie ‘by R. & J. Beck, ~ objects. Watson, P. Fletcher.—Water-colour drawings, Wiesener, T. F.—1. Microscope and accessories, nas entirely by apprentice. 2. Seven large photographs—Italian scenery. 3. Compound microscope. 4, Dissecting microscope. 5. Student’s microscope, &c. Wilkinson, C. 8. F.G.S. F.L.S.—1. Photographs of interior of the Jenolan (Fish River) Caves. 2. View of cliffs at Bondi, showing structure of Hawkesbury Rocks. 3. Shoe made of feathers and human hair, used by the natives of Central oo to conceal their tracks when marauding. 4. Paint- ings, . Dutton’s oo of the Grand Caiion Dosee ‘United States, Am Wright, H. G. A., M.R.C.S.E. ae by Ross, and objects. 138 PROCEEDINGS. WEDNESDAY, 5 NOVEMBER, 1884. H. C. Russetx, B.A., President, in the Chair. The minutes of the last meeting were read and confirmed. The following gentlemen were duly elected ordinary members of the Society :— Lucas, John Hector, Five zien. Perdriau, Stephen E., St. Leona: Ross, Chisholm, M. B, C.M., Gladesville. Williamson. Wm. Collir, M. D., Parramatta. Yeomans, Allan, Gilgoin. The certificates of three new candidates were read for the second time, and of four for the first time. _ The following donations were laid upon the table :—115 books and pamphlets, thirteen charts, and one photograph. The additional rules which had been ate to at the last meet- ing (3 September) were unanimously adopte per was read by Mr. D. A. Porter, “ Notes on some mineral localities in the Northern Districts of N. S. Wales. Remarks upon the same were made by Prof. Liversidge, F.R.S., and Mr. C. 8. Wilkinson, F.G.S. The following extracts from a letter by Mr. er ehibin hee Prof. Liversidge, dated Burnet River, Oct. 8th, 1884, were **Ceratodus has interfered with platypus. The platypus eggs wer hatched Ges weeks ago, and I should have been in New England by m5 om Ceratodus is much more important. Platypus embryos are quite easy is now-a-days, ihe egg measures about 2} mm. diameter, an protoplasmic pole darker, as in Amphibia. The egg is » Vv, be 1 sol 39 3? 3? o> > ” be 3? vA 99 3, - ed ” VIL, , American Journal of Philology. — ‘n, Nos. 10) i. Annual beet” ‘of the Johns caine Univesiy Teche), 1882. he Johns Hopkins University. 144 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. BAaLTIMORE—contin Studies from the Biological seme Vol. II, No. ae II, Nos waranty ‘Circulars, Nos. 4 5, 6, 7, 8 10, Ui, 12, 13, si "ie, 16, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 sevlencae 24, 28, 29, 30, 31, be Johns Hopkins University. Betorr (W1s.) :—Geology of Wisconsin Survey. of 1873-79. ol. Vol. 1V, and ea “ag: larder and Atlas. e Governor and Chief Geologist, Wisconsin. BERGEN omy tony tome Gorgonidr og Bae ecmtingd tihhorende Norges g D. C. Danielss The Museum. BERLIN aaa pe Knish Preussichen Akademie BY Wis- senschaften zu Berlin. Nos He Oct. to 13 Dec., 1883. ? - 0 Jan, to 31 July, 1884, Index, ErsterHalbband Jan. bis Mai, Stii oko VI. The Academy. BERNE ee ag der Geographischen cuaneall von lap 1883-84. he Society y. Me ceinsnis :—Addresses delivered to the Birmingham i Midland stit In **On Fr eedom,’ ” by Prof. F. Max Miille “The Natives of crrorn by ae Right 1 a ae _ M4 Northbrook. F.R.S. ** Science and Indu ” by Dr. Ch “ Shey Sie ** A Lesson on Democroy,” be ay & MA ik “The Six Gateways of evi” gr Sir Wm. Thomson, “On Democrac ey,” by The Hon. James Russell Lowell, D.C.L., LL.D. Report of the C mage’ vo “the Birmingham and Midland Institute for 1883. the years 1881, Programme for Sessi bis 188485. The Institute. Proceedings of the sep Philosophical Society — Vol. I os. 1 and 2 iy Parts 1 and 2 SO RLE yk ee 4 TV. Part |. The Society. BIsTRITzZ (a omega i tly Jahresbericht der G ‘beschul Bistritz IX. mang The Director, Bonn :—Verhandlungen ta Naturhistorischen Vereines der Preussischen einlande und Westphalens in Bonn Janus S eo Fo 7 4, —_, Haltte 2 1882. ” and 2. oe Society. BorpEavux :—Académie a ey Sciences, Belles-Lettres . eae Séance Publique du 2 1820. ‘“ fee. 18 ss 13 Mai, 1824 e 10 Mai, 1825 $5 31 Mai, 827. sg Juin, 1828. ‘ss Juin, 1829. ns 22 Juillet, 1830. Pa 5 Juillet, 1832. fe 8 Aéut, 1833 ee 28 eae 1834, $5 10 » 1835. os 22 Sapkonk. 1836. 21 Septem., 1837 ADDITIONS TO nage NE LIBRARY. 145 ued, Actes ae Académie Royale des Sciences, Belles-Lettres et Arts de Anco re "Taaseeen Lyy 3, 4 % ae > 5, 3° 2, 3. 32> 6, 3°) 1, ye 3, 4 ee 29 1, 3, 4 3° 8, 3° ry 2, 3, 4, Recueil des a — VAc or Année i Tehneaee 4, ” ” 2, 3, 4, ” 12. 2? 1, 2. a se; 1, 9Y 354, 1839. 1841. 1842. 1843. 1844. Seen. adémie ree Belles-Lettres et Arts Recueil des Aetes de PAcaiémi fepsetals des Sciences, Belles-Lettres s de Bordea ule i ah eter stre "g ” 17, 1, 3. ” 18, ” 1, 2, 3, 4. vy 39 ” 1, 2, 3, 4. ” 20, ” 1, 2, 3, 4. Toei S 99 L, 2,34 Actes de Jeep qt Impériale ats 8 aux: x— Thies: 23, ir eaet 1, 2, 3%: 1, 2, 3, 4, ‘ = a 1, 2,3, 4 be 26, Be 2? 2. 39 27, ” 3, 4, > 28, 99 2, 4, 39 29, ” x 4. > 30, 2? 4; 2, 3, 4. Bs re 1, 2 - ye BBs 1; 2) 30% Actes de P Académie Nationale des Bo Année a Tanai} S38, 4 3, 4 ” 9 . 5 1, 2, 3, 4. wv 86. » hl and 40 3 40 Supplement. 9 1861 (3rd Ser.) 1862 set 5, SORE wg 3966.5; 1866, 1O8T 1968 4; 1660s 187 0 Sciences, Belles-Lettres et Arts de 1871-72 (3rd Ser.) 1872-73 an 1873 ‘> 1874 “a 1875 ss 1876 ” 1877-78 » 1878 ” ed Py = Table historique et eer et 712-1870) Documents historiques (1 -171e 1 vol. Catalogue des Manuscrits is ‘Yancienne Académie ioe The Academy. ae ie (Mass.) :—Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences— — i: cae Ser.; XVII, Li eeauetl June, 1881, to June, 1882. x XVIII May, 1882, to May, 1883. The Academy. 146 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. Boston (Mass. )—cont Memoirs of the Boston nc Spee ies Be 1 History— Vo. Nos. ril and June, 1883. Pivicssitings of — “son Sci of Natural History— Vol. XXI. Jan pril, p28 a Baer oe May be Nicobar: 1882, The & Hand-book for Readers in the Boston Public Lit [N lition, 1883.] BremEN :—Abhandlungen herausgegeben vom Naturwissenschaftlichen Verein zu Bremen. Band — Heft : re s). The Society. BrisBaneE :—Acclimatisation Society of Queensland— Report of the Council ae the year 1883. The Society. Royal Society of Quee Procaelings » Vol. re Pat} 1, 1884. The Society. Bristow :—Proceedings of > — Naturalists’ Society. Vol. IV. Part 2. 1883-84 (New List of Members and fps: Report, year ending 30 April, 1884. The Society. BrussEts :—Musée Royal on gi Naturelle de Belgique. Bulletin, Tome I a "1883. The Museum. Observatoire Henle: xelles Annales Ast sronomiqae, Vol. IV. eg iE ated Serie 2, 1884. “y ew Series. Annuaire, 49th, 50th, pend ist, eth “1882, 1883, 1884. _— graphie Généra tong hee tronom _ par = Ho apn and A. Lancaster. Tom Mémoires et Notice arr a Méteorcemphe pam Bisicibcaghe, 1879, 1880, Ghieevstions Mstsceelgicin Internationales, 4th year, 1880. The Observatory. Société Royale ee de Belgique Annale VII, Third Series, Tome LI Procés Verbass pi Séances. Tome XII. Jan. ry Ps Fuly 1, 1883. The e Society. Catcurra :—Asiatic Society of ee a atl 1, Vol. LH. PartI. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 1883. 9 be 29 Il, > 2, 3, 4, a? 9 so ek oe gs Ee eee: Il. Proceeding Nos. : and 10, 1883. incl., 1884, The Society. ores Survey ne ce 1. III. Part 2. x5 LV to 1X, aperye Ax. PB and 2. Recon, vel I to V, — XVI. Part ej EL 4. The po We of the Geological Survey of India, ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. 147 CaLcuTrra—continu Memoirs of the Goulhihdel rudy of India. Aecagaiiteiee Indica) :— Series II. Vol ae arts I—III inclus pemiag |" ae I—XUiI 23 \ ys 3” ti. 33 I— x ” ” Vi. ” ii. ” I—XxI1 ” 32 \ TIT ” L 33 ie wae MMe a LYs ine 1—Al, ee ae ; ae a Oe ” ” rr] TEL > a a a sive, yy rv. ba Til. The Superintendent of the Geological Survey of India. CamBripcE :—Proceedings of the Cambridge ba ge gra Society— . 1-16 inclusive. Vol. I, Nos >> LI, Parts 1-17 ne 1864 36176. teabe ge Gi 3 Lent, 1881, to os ow 1882. Te bas Lent and Easter Terms, 1883. Transactions of the Cambridge Philosophical eeu Vol. XIII, Part 2 3 a 3. he Society. Seloge ogg Annual Report oe ‘the Cambridge Public ree : cca 3.84 The Library. CamprincE (Mass., U.S.A.) :— cigs os Entomo logical Club— Minu of the Meetings held during 1883. Payche.” Vol. III, Nos. 101-102. " 115-125 inclusive. The Club. Museum of Comparative Z logy a at pesto College— Annual Report of the Ouraten 83. Bulletin. Vol. XI, Nos. "3, 5 6,7, 8, 9. Memoirs. ,, VII, Part 2. July, oe ; 3 UK, 5 July, 1883. x ys s September, 1884 i Xx, 1, September, 1883. The Museum. “Science.” Vols. 1, 2, 3, complet eC. ” +3 4, Nos oat Ma > 9? r > Casset :—Bericht des Vereines fiir otha zu Cassel. Vols. ras nd XXX. toe, The Editor. The Society, Biiaeraitis :—Memoirs of the Norwegian i ames he oe 1876-78. XI. Zoology—Asteroidea by Danielssen and Johan Koren. The Editorial Committee. Corpova :—Boletin de la —— Nacional de Ciencias. Tomo VL Entrega 1*, 2%, y 3%. The Academy. mo iam Cows) :—Proceedings of the Davenport Academy of a Vol. Il, Parts 1, 2, 3, complete. Se pa 1883. emy. DRespENn :—Jahresbericht des Vereins fiir Erdkunde zu Dresden. Band : IV. Heft XVIII, XIX one + KX. The Society. Zeitschrift des K. Siichsischen Statistischen Bureaus. Jahrgang XXIX. Heft 1, - 3,4. 1883. The Bureau. 148 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. rey = ea gene ued. ~ - General Direction der Koniglichen Sammlungen fiir Kunst und Wiseonschatt ome prc ae aus dem oe ar aioaealneteales Geologischen und prehistorischen Museum in Dresden. Heft Zeitschrift fr — . es und me ae ee sowie fiir verwandte Wissense hrgang 4, 5. 1881, Archiv fiir Litieratngenchichte Vol. XI. Heft 1-4. 1882. Verstichnise der Neuen Werke der Kinigl. Gifentlichen. Bibliothek zu Dresden. 1881-82. Die Decorative Kunst &c. pny is 9and10. Blatt 81-100 & Index. Bericht iiber die Vetmeltn ung d Sammlungen fiir Kunst und Wissenschaft zu Dresden. 1380- ‘a. age este age K. Ethnographischen Museums zu Dre Die Mete s K. Mineralogischen Museums in Seis, von > A. Wa bein eas Funde = stage Maes Snap ele von Helmstedt, Budden- dt und Schlew yey ap ung aus dem Ks i. Mineralogischen ess, von ig 3 Bt Gein irector-G Dvsuin :—The Scientific Proceedings “ the Royal Debi Society— (New Ser.) Vol. III. Parts 6,7. 188 83-84. The Scientific Transactions of the Royal Dublin artes (Ser. = Vol. I. 0. 20-25 inclusive. 1882-83. Til No os. 1, 2,3. 1883-84, The Society. EDINBURGH : _—Hdinburgh oT irra Transactions, Vol. I 9 ti The Society. Royal Physical Society of 3 Hainbargh— Proceedin Mes Part 2. Session 1882-83. f wat a 1883-84. The Society. eae —, of Edinburgh— din, Session 1881-82. Transactions. Vol. 3. B.S. G Part 2. Session 1881-82. ss 1882 -83. »» 1882-83. XXXII List of Members, “ke. November, 86s. The Society. ELBERFELD :—Jahres-Berichte des Naturwissenschaftlichen Vereins in Elberfeld. Heft 6. 1884. The Society. ceoemenig Pig Ay Mg ail y A ete e la Etnologia— XIV. and 2 The Society. Bullettino della Societa Thtomologica Italiana— Trimestre 1 and 4, 1883. iP land 2. 1884, The Society. FRANKFvrRT, A/m. :—Abhandlungen iiber die ee tae Natur- forschend oe Band XIII. Heft 3 and 4, Beri cht > ? 1882-83. The Society. Fretsure, I. B. :—Berichte iiber die Verhandlungen sie So en Gesellschaft zu Freiburg, I.B. Band V. Heft 2 | : | | @ | | ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. 149 GENEVA :—Mémoires de l'Institut National Genévois. Tome XV. 1880- 1883. The Institute. Garda : een eer del “ge Civico di Storia Naturale di Genova— Lee. +3 XVII. 1882.83. ye Lee Eee. XX. 1884. » The Museum, Gtascow :—Transactions of the Geological Society of Glasgow. Vol. VII. art 1. 1880-81, 1881-82 The Society. The Glasgow University eer for the year 1884-85. The University. GérrincEN :—Nachrichten von der K. on der ee und der Poe AigustecCelisexiths, Nos is. 1883. The Society. HAARLEM :—Archives du — Teyler— on Series II), Vol os Part 2. 1881. . 3. 1882. iy 1" gy Bete LBBB. The Museum, Archives Nesclacidaiuas des mee Exactes et Naturelles— Tome XVII. Liv. 1— 1882. ss 1s, 1883. SAM! yds 1884 saa ne ee tee eIV. Série 1883 Plies pour oad 1882. se = _ de la Fondation Teyler et de son Cabinet de A ah ime 89 an Der Ven e Society. Hauaeax. Kora, Scotia) << Proceed and Transactions of ras Nova ne of —, Science. Vol. V Part 2-83. The Institute, HAMBURG : Mites a bees th ue Gesellschaft in agri Heft 1. 1882-83. The ociety. Bericht des Direktor Professor Dr. Pagenstecher. 1883. Uber einige gang pene ee und see — cise n Dr. J. G. Fischer. Museum HEIDELBERG ciiichead lungen des A ies Jala yeas za Heidelberg N.F. Band 3. Heft 3. 1884. The Society. Hozart :—Monthly Notices of Papers and Proceedings and Report of the yal Homa of Tasmania for 1883. Abstract of Proceedings, 11 Aug., 8 ‘Sept, 13 Oct., 17 Bf Peer JENA Gar ews Zeitschrift fiir Naturwissenschaft, LE ey von der Medicinisch-Naturwissenschaftlichen ore ellschaft zu Jen Band XVII. “NE. Band X. in ae oy «AVI " XI. 1884. The Society, Kéniespera :-—Scriften der an ah OR Gesellschaft zu 6ni : Jahrgang XXIV. Abtheilung land 2. 1883. The Society. Lavsanne :—Bulletin de la Société Vaudoise des Sciences Naturelles— Vol. XIX. No. 89. 1883. The Society, ” ” Hs 150 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. Lzeps :—Tenth Annual Report of the Yorkshire College. 1883-84. e College. Sixty-second and Sixty-fourth Annual Reports of the Nt a of the Leeds Philosophical and Literary Society. 1881-82, 1883- = Journal of Concholo a Vol. IV. No.5. January, 1884. The Conehological Society. Leer : 2g de la ae alk de Belgique— e IX. 188 The Society. Liz :—Annales de la Société Géologique du Nord. Vol. X. 1882-83. The Society. ooL :—Proceedings of the Literary and Philosophical Society of ig Vol. XXXV. 18 » XXXVI. 1881-82 188 The Society, Lonpon A 41 7 . TT. rw} 4 crt Rey Pe = \& 3 T J Journal— a XIil. . Nos, 2, 2 4, The Ins British Museum. Oath nibane of the Fossil oe in the Geological epartment of the British Museum. By Geo, Jennings aaa Ph. The Trustees. Institution of Naval oot Transactions— — The Institution. ean lagi J esta. Botany—Vol. XX. Nos. 130 and 1 5 XXL. 132, an 134, 135. 66 Zoology—Vol. XVII. Vols. hn ae "Fro m November, 1882, ‘enn 1883. a "Ooeoben: 1883. The Society. 10 Metentolog cal ‘Atlas of the British Isles. Official No. 53. ords of the United Kingdom for 1881. Official A Barometer Manual for the use of Seamen. Official No. Report of the Second Meeting of the International Motsiool ogical ew held at Copenhagen, August, 1882. Non-official Report of the erg oa ical en to the Royal Society for the year ending 31 arch, 188 The Suse arg Bul Weenie Report | (N ew Series), Parts 2,3, 4. 1876. No. 33. The Quarterly Weather Report. 1878, (Appendices and Plates.) No. Ho wl Readings, 1882, Parts 1, 2, 3. Official No. The Mon me Weather Report of the Meticedlor tel Office Jan Jul Hoary Dow be No. Weekly Weather New Series). Vol. IL. Nos. 1 to 30 aco _Temperatu ure Charts. (Atlantic, Indian, and Pacific eans.) Official No. 59. The Meteorological Office. Soci itai ournal and Transactions— EES IR | Guth Rap SB ale Rae Sine et cie e Be Fea act Rie ee ay RR eh Ema rt at A Ea ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. 151 Lonxpox—continued. P | (S = 8 Es ag 4 gt UT. ) Proceedings om V. Part 5. VL 7", band 2 The Society. Quekett is peek Sa pty Club. Journal (Series II)— vs BBB 9, 10. The Club. Royal Agricultural S Society of England. Journal (Second Series)— Vol. XIX. No. x i oy ‘and 2. No. 39 and 40. The Society. Royal ey ag rier Britain and Ireland. Journal— Vol. XVI. 1884. The Society. Royal ectidi ree Monthly propane 4 ‘XL. Nos. : to 9 inclusive. Memoirs—Vol. XLII. 118-76" % » XLVII. 1882-83. ma tl Ill. Partl. 1884. The Society. Royal Cotonial Institu ory Vol “Xv 883-84. rt of the Council. * 96: June, 1884. The Institute. Royal a Geographical Society. Proceedings— . Nos. 1 to 12, 1884. The Society. Royal Historical — Transactions (New Series)— Vol iL “Ried 1, 2 3: The Society. rank Institution Me Great Britain. Proceedings— Lk Pee No. 76. 1883. i ie li tee The Institution. IX. Nos. 4 47, 48. 1883. cubated Record.” Nos. 9, 10, i 12. 1883. The Society. Royal Microscopical Society. J ournal (Series II)— Vol. III. Part 6. 1883. oa 4S » 1-6. 1884. : List of Fellows for 1884. The Society. Royal Society— Proceedings. Vol. XXXV. Nos. 224-227. Philosophical Transactions. Vol. 174. Parts II and TIL, 1883. List of Fellows. 30 Nov: SS aaa The Society. Royal United Service megeitera Journ Vol. XXVII. Nos. 121, 722. ed wa Tndex. XX V. 123-12 126. X. Royal Meteorological a FO Quart: Vol. 5 The Institution. Zoological wort of Tondon. roadie. Parts 1 Hp Bat 1882. » 1s 2, 3, 4. 1883. ; 198 1884. The Society. —Publieatios de l'Institut Royal Grand-Ducal de Luxem- Dourg (Secti n des Sciences Naturelles). Tom e XIX. The Institute. 152 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. CHESTER :—Manchester er Society. Transactions— : Vol, XVIL. —— XVIII. The Society, Manchester Literary had Philosophical Society— moirs, Afondt me 1883. Pioseediagh val XxX. 1881. 35 1882. a RRL 1883. The Society. URG -—Geselschat zur Beforderung der gesammten Naturwissen- schaften in Marburg— Sitzungsberichte, pon The Society. The Coiveodlay anne tock Medical Theses. The University. MELBOURNE :—The ae a ae ce epee Vol. I. Nos. “The Field Naturalists’ Club g. . Bucalytograpia. 1 "By Baron Ferd. von Mueller, K.C.M.G., F.R.S., cades Fragmenta Phytngrapie ‘Australie, By Baron Ferd. von Mueller, K.C.M.G 7 WC. SRV Oba L. Einige Benton eee zu den Regein der Pflanzen-Benennungen yon ron von Mueller. 1884, The Government Botanist. Agricultural Statistics, 1883- 84. Table TL. Australasian Statistics. Report for ae Census of Victoria, — Parts 7 sin 8, and General Report. ri h Wales Maidhook o he petite of Vict Statistical Reiatr of ihe Gaon: ey Victoria— Ug 5. 9, and Index. 1882, 9 inclusive. 1883. Victorian ‘Year-ook for 1882-3. The Government Statist. Geolo, rogress. No. VII. Gold- al of Visteon oniet beh oe rp nti Quarters e Chief Inspector of 88 for 1883 Report o e Mining Surveyors and Rewistrars Quarters ended 31 Deseabe: 1883, and 31 March, 1 The Hon the Minister vd as Report of the Trustees of the Public Library, Museu ums, and National Gallery of Victoria. 1883. The Truste ustees, Ses aay wea Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria. Vol. XX. The Society. Metz : ebro ae Vereins fiir Erdkunde zu Metz. Band V. The Society. MIDDLESBOROUGH : bey J Fin 4 the Iron and Steel Institute— No. 2, 1883. No. 1, The Institute. Moscow :—Bulletin de la — an Ip des Naturalistes de Moscow— — LVIII. Nos. LIX. ‘ . issn ‘and Beilage. The Society. Mounocse Bulletin de la Société Industrielle de Mulhouse— Tome LIII. November, December, 1883. »» LIV. January to October, 1884, The Society. ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. 153 MuncueEn :—Sitzungsberichte der a eS der K. B, Akademie der ee zu Mun Band XII. Heft 2, 3, 4, S 2, 3. 29 "1882. 1883. Complete. “ NV 1884. sg do. do, do. Abth Ueber die Methoden oP der botanischen lag ng insbesondere die anato n Ludwig Radlkofer Gedichtnissrede auf Otto Bedok von » Gustav a A n Bischoff, von Carl Kupffer. Franz von Kobe ae ’Bine De kia rift v n K. Haw Almanach der Koeniglich payiationess Candenil: der Wissenchaften fiir das jahr 1884. The Academy. NAPLES : -—Balltin oe ey Africana— Ann 3, 5, 6, 7. 7 The Society. yD. Mittheilungen aus der Yitgasn Station zu Neapel— Band IV. Heft 4. 1883. ¥: % 2, 3, 4. 7. Dohrn, Zoological Station. Nevowanes nati ‘ae la Société des cau Naturelles sar Sa seem e XIII. 1882-83. e Society. es -orox-Trs —Natural History Society of Northumberlan oo a cae Neweastleupon-Tyn ne. Transa VIL. Part 1884. The Society. North. < England Institute of Mining and Mechanical Engineers. Transactions— Vol. 32. 1882-83. 33. PartsIto VI. 1883-8 The Institute. New Yorx :—American Chemical ae Journal— Vol. VI... No. 1, 2, 7,-8,-9. 1884. The Society. stihl York aoe! ‘of Spree Transactions— 6,7 The Academy. Orrawa : Meee ea nid Teailetdias of the Royal —F a besser Vol. I. 1882 and 1883. ‘ociety. Report of the Canadian Observations of the Transit of V. precy : December, 1882. The Hon. the Minister v Marin ne and Fisherie Oxrorp :—Radeliffe Library (Oxford University Museum)— Catalogue Le a ks added to the Library during 1883. Radcliffe re Resu of bas 2 are and Meteorological Observations. Vol. SXXIX 1881. The Trustees. Paris :—L’Observatoire de Paris. Rapport apse sur l’etat de l’Observatoire de Paris, 1883. The Observatory. Société d omg e de Paris— Bullet: Mic ams VI. Fasc. 4, 1883. VII. ,, 1,2, 3, 1884. The Society. rst he ‘de Biologie— ptes-Rendus Hebdomadaires des Séances. B Série. Tome I, —_ 1 to 4, 6 to 26, 30, 33, 34, 36, 39, 40, The Society. 154 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. ‘ARIS—continue Société de so eographie— Comptes-Rendus des Séances. Ko. Wy = 52,4 to 17,1884. Bulletin, "7 Serie. Tome IV. . Trimestre _ ‘Ee ” ”? » V. 2, 3, 1884, The Society. Société Zoologique de Fran Bulletin. Tome vill. Parts 5 & 6, 1883. ‘s 1-5 in cl., 1884, The Society. PENZANCE on: el Society Ng OP aes Transactions, Vol Part: The Society. PHILADELPHIA :—Academy of Satara oA Proceedings, beet 1, 2, 3, 1872. 1,2, 3, 29 9 3° be Un 2, 3, 1882, ‘ The Academy. "a American Philosophical Socie iety— Proceedings, Vol. XX, Nos. 112, 113, June 1882, to April, 1883. The So Franklin Inst Journal, Vol us, No. 6 117, hea yey inclusive. a os 118, N os. 703-708 inclusive. The Institute. Pisa: the ‘oe — Toscana di Scienze Natura Verbali, Vol. IV, 13 January, 2 March, 6 ‘Sdaly, 1884. eens. Vol. VI, Fase. 1, 1884, The Society. scopteopsse-3 tes Institution and Devon and Cornwall Natural ocle Annual Report and seep sea Vol. 1862-63. » ee 1863-4. ” ” »” ” 1864-5. r yn * oe II, Part I, 1865-6. Pd ” ” ” 99 ” 9 1866-7, s3 9 yy 99: LIT, Pare 1; 18678, 29 ” 9 be ; 29 ” 2, 1868- ° is ‘ i ne IV, Part 1, 1869-70. 99 39 bed 23 > ” 2, 1870- 3? ” ” ” > 2? 3, 1871-2 ” 9 2? +P) ” 4, 187 3 3° 2? o> 39 v; Part 2, 1874-5 ” 33 99 ts ? 3, %» ‘3 i ss « VEL Part 1-1876-7 33 39 93 39 ’ 39 2, ” e iy » . Vil Pett, 1878-9 be) 3? 2” bas > 2, 1 » sy 45 >» VIII, Part 2, 1882-3: 9 > 39 3? > 3, 4, The Institution. ‘Rome :—Atti dell’Aceademia ages de "Nuovi Lincei. 16, Tome, XXXV, Session: Vi, ‘ ge 8-11", 148, The Academy. > ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. 155 RomE—continued. ‘Atti della R. “pe oremage dei Linc asc. 12 to 15 re The Academy, Bollettno Ri Comite tato Geolo ogico d’Italia. Nos. 9-12 inclusive, 1883. The Committee Bollettino della Societa Ceoghatinn ts Italiana. 1. VII, Serie II, Fasc. 9, um ton 1882. ‘3 VI, 6, 8 2, 188 we ib 12, Comunicazioni e Memorie Terzo Saitan cere we Internazionale. Vol. IL The Society. SALEM : Tel an ae es for the Advancement of Science, Proceedings Vol. 28, 1879. 30. 1881. i: 01, Parts, § and 2, 1882; The Association, ol. XIV, Nos. 1-12, 188 Historieal ¢ Collections, Vol. XIX, a 1-12, 1882. The Institute. wc Errenne :—Société de l’Industrie Minéra Tom lletin, Tome XIII, Liv. 1 and 2, 1884., Sai 2 Atlases. Comptes-Rendus Mensuels des Réunions , 1884 The Society, oat Institute, Sr. Pererspure :—L’Académie “ewe — Bulletin, poe XXVIII, Nos. 2, 3, 188: Neue Reduction der Bradley’ schen Beotctangen aus den Jahren 1750 bis 1762, von Arthur Auwers, Band II, 1882. The Academy. San ap in :—California State Mining aise: rst Report of the State ee ee ane ‘ 880-82, Third is i 1883. Fourth fe 1884. Catalogue of Books, Maps, Lithographs, Photographs, &c. The Bureau, “ses, tw :—Royal —— rage ear Branch). rnal, No. ey The Society. Sicpactitections” Botanis and ey omy Gardens. Re rt for the year 1882 The Superintendent. STocKHOLM : ee as Stockholms Hégskola. Nos. 1-7, 9, 11, 13, The University, oMegeg of Wartenbergsce 2 ahehche fiir Statistik und Lande cae herausgegeben m K. Statistisch- pesos Buss Band I. Ha ‘Ifte 2 : IT. a Supplement Band, re Band, I. Hialftel. 1884. The Bureau. Jahreshefte ‘des Vereins fiir Vaterlandische Naturkunde in Wiirt- temberg. Jahrgang XL. 1884. The Society. Sypnry :—Amsterdam International Exhibition, 1883. Report tas the Executive Secretary. The N.S. W. Commission. ragge pore M Me of the Library, 1883. Report of the Trusteos, 1 1883. The Trustees, Oo 156 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. SyDNEY—continued. ineering Association of N.S. W. A Graphical Me rh for analyzing the action of Slide Valves, by Gusin ave Fise Road Pa vanetier in ay aney, by A. C. Mountain. The Association. Free Public Library Re rt from Trastoos i 1883-4. The Trustees. fenced | Institut .S.W The Sydney Res boar No. ‘ Movember, 1884. The Institute. a Society of New South Wales ceedings. Vol. VIII Part 4. IX. 3, 1p 2; 3 and 4. The Society. Mining Departme ua. ae of the Department of Mines, N.S.W., 1881, 1882, and 1883. The Department. New South Wales Board of Health— The Australasian cm anitary Conference of rgguat i ls 8.W., 1884 :— ‘eport, Minutes of Pyessedings, and Append Wood Pavement Be rd :— Report, Minutes of Proceedings, and Appendix. The Board. New Psi Wales Medical Boa r of Medical sabover 2 for 1884, 1885. The Board. ever seu ares — to the Royal Society of N.S.W., by H. C. —— B.A., F.R.A.S. ew D e Stars Physical Geng y and Clim n and River Sheeran: in N.S. ap i 1883. pe es and Appearance of the Recent Com The Sydney Observatory. History and Progress. The Government Astronomer. University— Sydney University Calendar, 1884. The University. ToRONTO Gatinitian Institute— Proceedings. Vol. I. Fase. 3, 4, 5. The Institute. 'RIESTE :— Societa Adriatica di Scienze Naturali in Trieste— Bollettino. Vol. VIII, No. 1. 1883-84. The Society. TRUR Geinatilagtoal Society of Great Britain and Ireland— Mineralogical Magazine and Journal. Vol. V, te 25 and 26. VI, 27. List of Members. February, 1884. The Society. VENI Sait Istituto Veneto di Scienze, Lettere ed Arti— Atti:—Tome VII, Ser. V, No. 10, 1881. DP anal age eas: 1-10 and =e 1881-82. Memorie, ‘Tome XXII.’ Part in bas Temi di Premis Proposti dal Reale Istituto EE Cee di Scienze Lettere ed Arti, nella solenne adunanza del 15 ee ie ent ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. 157 sp rdesibbeplogiacke Gesellschaft— sgerr cs Band XII. Heft 1. 1882. XIII. 1883. 95 RLV. (Heit TL... 2664. The Society, K sinertishe ‘Asittundie der Wissenschaften— Sitzun — oe 1, Band aren. Heft 1-5. 1882. i XXVI » 1-5. 1883. 5 ote eee, | fe = Begg de Es ee eee ig i s Aap | FO. 118 8 PP oe) . aS Me a, 5, ° UV EL | Ee. 188s. The Academy. K. K. Central-Anstalt fiir ee und Erdmagnetismus— Jahrbiicher, Band XVIII. 1881 x 2? ? 4 XIX. Erster Theil. 1882. The Institute, m, K. Geographische Se oo me Mttheilungen, a XV. NEE. AV. “1862. The Society. K. K. Geologischen gon sion ae Jahrbuch, Band XXXIII, No. 4. 1883. XXXIV, 1, 2,3. 1884. crams Nos. 10-18. 1883. The ‘* Reichsanstalt.” K. K. Zoolopiadts: fase eh key in Wien— Verhandlungen, Ban Brasilische Saugethiere. (Beiheft m Band XXXIIL.) The Society, Usterreichische Gesellschaft fiir Meteorologie— Zeitschrift Band XIX. January to December, 1884. ndex to Band XVIII. The Society. WASHINGT Ration. Medical Association— Journal. Vol. I, Nos. 19-25. 39 Pe 7 2? -26. ” el Itt, ” 1-26. IV, The Association, Bureau of Ethnol ogy— First An nual Saegg 1879-80. The Bureau. Chief of Engine — essional Notes neg! Captain Edward Maguire. rofess Sper’: on ates iisenational Exhibition enti held at | Paris ris. Aug.—Nov., 1881, by Major D. P The Chief of Engineers. Chief § Foes ae Officer (U.S. Army)— sional Papers of tie ional Service, Ag $,.9, 7 The Ch ief sider, Opcer. & Commissioner of Agriculture— vis F Report for 1881 and 1882. The Commissioner. | creed a the Mint— ie , ne eye hp. ccpuacg ryaaieny memregeap inant 1883. z ] 0 The Director. 158 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. WasuHIneTon—continued. Hydrographic Office Abstract of Paper on Deep-sea Pouneinge oc ee in e Gulf Stream, by Commander rtle Catalogue of Charts, Plans, and Sling preotiers , published by the United States Hydrogra phic Office, July, 1 List of Lights of West Coast of Africa, &e., Nos 7338. 1 July, List of Lights of British Ey Nos. 6-33b. 1 July, 1884. Notice to Mariners, Nos. ie 216. 1883 and Index. 187, 189 to 358, 364 to 492. 1884. Publications ox oo THodsbarsnbio Office Qu arter ending 31 ir Publications of the Hydrographic Office, Quarter ending 31 March, e, 30 September, 18 CHARTS. North Atlantic srg Meteorological Charts, January to Decem- ber, inclusiv North Atlantic Geen ‘Pilot Charts, Nos. 1 to 12 inclusive. December, 1883, to November, 1884 South Paget Ocean, The Coast of Brazil, Sheets II and II, 30. South Pacike C Ocean. a “aa eee a 927. Car e Island, No. Coast of Labrador , No. Harbour of Uafato, — of Upolu, 97. North and East Coast ot Newfoundland, &e., No. 924. Samana Bay (West Indies), N é "he U.S. Hydrographic be uy ow seman Society— sili Bulletin. Vol. IV. 9 October, 1S80—11 June, 1881. er »» V. 8 October, 1881—16 December, i he Society. vesairent Treasury Departm Annual Report of the Secretary of the Treasury on the state of the Finances for the year 1882. Treasury Department. Smithsonian Institu Smithsonian hone con 2? i 1865. a 1869, ; 1881. The Institution. U.S. a = a Survey— Repo The Superintendent. U.S. Seog 8 Survey— y History of the Grand Cafion District, Me Atlas by e, Dutton. Monograph II. 1882. he Director. War Department— — Report of the General of the Army to the Secretary of War or the year 1883. Record of of Hagagements with Hostile Indians within the Military Division of the Missouri, from 1868 to 1882, The Department, ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. 159 WELLINGTON, N. ra Golbaial: Mus Highteenth Annual Report of the Colonial Museum and Laboratory, 1882- Sicacctnaiad Report, 1883. pi ot Geologsl sexplovations — site &83-84. No. 16. The Director. New Zealand Inst: Wranmaestlonrs ant Proceedings. Vol. XVI. 1883. The Institute, Yor “The J Asiatic Society of Japan— Transactions, Vol. XI. Saree g XII. 2, 3. ” The Society. ZAGREB (Agram Crotia) :— Société Archéol ore Viestnik _brvatakogn ‘or wae cenens Druztva. “God y a + : 2.3, 4. The Society. MIscELLANEOUS. (Names of Donors are in Jialics.) Akmann, Dr. R. :— “Das Wetter.” 1 Jahrgang. No.4. July, 1884. The Editor. collie ta eal ae du Prince Roland Bonaparte :— No. oo 19 photo oe phs. , 9 ” 98 Ate Se yy 44. Peau ae 35 i Prince Roland Bonaparte. —— eg Part 1. Copper, Lead, and Iron Coins, 3 ayanese Japan, Part Tables, a.D. 645 to A.D. 1873. The Author. Browne, H. J. : The Higher B Branch of Science, or Materialism refuted by Facts. The Author. es ll, Rev. Josh., M.A. : e Amateur Photographer’ s Primer. The Author. Cyrillus in 8. Johannem, A.p. 1508. T. K. Abbott, S.M. Evoroba, P. :— Chemistry. E. Masters. Fletcher, J. J., M.A., B.Sc. : Catalogue’ of Papers and V a Foren to the Mammalian Orders, ‘pi and Monotre The Compiler, Geddes, Patrick :— A ena of the Cell Theory. The Author Gill, Rev. W. » BA. Mytis and § Son — the South Pacific. Sav te Polyn The Author fia: Henri :— On the TT. MM. g Fy Matalé d Nickel Ores. The Author 160 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. ee Capt. F. W., F.G.S. : On the Origin of the Fauna 2 and Flora of New Zealand. eo yao 2. Tilustrated Sydney News : Vol. XXI. eae - to 13 —s XXII. The Proprietors. Jack, ened Tas FG. a Mount ~ Soa Gold Deposits—Report Tin Mines of Herberton, Western and Thompson’ s Creek ie aige and the Silver Mines of the Dry River, Queensland—Rep "The a Krakatau, I’Eruption du, en 1883, Les Premiéres Nouvelle Prince Roland aateaparll b, Professor H., M.A., Lam R.S. : Electrical Motions in a Spherical al Conductor. History of Electro-Magnetis Induction of Electric Cirentad in Cylindrical and Spherical cage pt The Le Moniteur des Colonies :— Qnd Year. No. 36. 0. 3 1, 2 3, 5; G. The Editor. a Dr. R. v arte des "Phan Clatachan. The Author. Se Prof., F.R.S. : Scientific Papers and Reports, List of. The Author. Marcou, M. Jules Note sur la Geclonis de la Californie. The Author. Newlands, John A. R, :-— The Periodic Law, The Author. Orient Line Guide. G. S. Yuill. Peacock, R. A., C.E., F.G.S. : Saturated Steam: ‘the motive power in,Volcanoes and Earthquakes, pail Supplement. The Author Rogers, J. W. :— Grammar and Logic in the Nineteenth Century. The Author. Shropshire ig Breeder’s Flock Book. Vol. I. Rams. Nos. 1 to 1,331. The Society. Sibree, Re Hees on "Relics ‘of the Sign and Gesture Language among the Tide than two inches. list 4 hes. very many cases for January and February together is not equal to the requirements of ra it ro shag the total for two months,—a fact which shows the extreme arnt METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS. 193 GOVERNMENT OBSERVATORY, SYDNEY. LAatrruDE, 88° 51’ 41”; LONGITUDE, 104 4™ 50°81* ; Magnetic VARIATION, 9° 35’ 37” East. Height above Mean Sea- “level, 146 feet. MARCH, 1884.—Gernerat ABSTRACT. Barometer ... Highest Reading... .. 80°267 inches on the 6th, at 10 p.m. a 3° Faht., ‘bat a corrected to sea- -level. est Reading . 29'°548 ,, on the 10th, at 3 p.m. Moon Height .. 29°961 (Being 0°071 inch greater tl t Wind... Greatest Pressure 15°1 Ibs. on the 17th. ean Pressure ... ae OB Ib. Number of Days Calm ... 2. Prevailing — N.E. (Prevailing direction duri th for the p ge 25 N.E.) Temperature aint in the Shade 90°2 on the 1st. Low the Shade 51°8 on the 17th. ae t Ran we 22°3 on the Ist. Highest in the Sun 143-7 on the 9th. Lowest on the Gra 45°7 on the 17th ean Diurnal Range 13°9 Mean in the Shade 68-4 Humidity Greatest Amount 94-0 on the 12th. sae 41:0 on the 26th. Mean = 67°2 (Being 9:1 less than that of th th ge of the P g 2% ) Rain ... ..« Number of Days... = Ore 2 dew Greatest Fall... Oe lk 40 abe on the 18th. ual 06 » 65 ft. above gro Total Fall... mi ® $5in, bore eon Evaporation Total Am 2-647 inches. Electricity Number of Das Lightning 0 Cloudy Sky Mean Am nO Number of hee “Days a 0 Meteors ... Number observed ee Remar This month has been very dry in — arou than usual. Inland, and on part of the ania near Sydney little rain, but in the omen _ south-east dist: ricts i in so Dry. as the month has been, ve a ‘Sydney, and o Pate t — re has been sen moderate ate nall the month, fall. but in the great aaieiite of ae the little rain that “did "fall was sein sufficient to any relief. 194 METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS. GOVERNMENT OBSERVATORY, SYDNEY. LatituDE, 33° 51’ 41”; LonerrupE, 10> 4™ 50°81; MAGNETIC VARIATION, 9° 35’ 37” East. Height above Mean Sea-level, 146 feet. APRIL, 1884.—Gernerat ABSTRACT. Barometer ..._ Highest 30°354 inches on the 30th, at 8 a.m. eading.. At 82° F aht., but not pesto to ‘sea-level. Mean west Reading .. Height 29°547 fe 29991 on the 25th, at 1 a.m. (Reine 0-0G9 inch *. +} \ J greater rage of the preceding 25 years.) ‘Wind... ... Greatest a - 16:2 a on the 7th ean ie OF Abe Meter cl ie Calm ... Prevaling Direction yay (Pr 27: 4h 2 +} ‘ W.) Temperature Highest in ithe Shade 761 on bhhe 15th. n the Shade 53°9 on the 27th. aint tas es 19°5 on the 28rd. ighest in the Sun 132:0 on the 6th, Lowest on the Grass mn the 23rd. ean Diurnal Range Mean in the Shade 64°5 (Being 0°3 less than that of the same month on an average of the preceding 25 years.) Humidity ... Greatest Amount lev . on the 6th. oe on the 23rd. Mea ies’ 1:1 greater as that as, the same month ge of the preceding 25 years.) ee ... Number of Days.. 20 rain and 8 dew Greatest Fall i 6 = ie on the 6th a. » 66 ft. above groun sae wel 12 7ol 16 in, above ground. (Being 3°581 inches greater than that of the same mont g he prititet 25 years.) 2°844 inches, Evaporation Total Amount Electricity Cloudy Sky ... — Am ag mber of Clear Days io Meteors : ub observed whi getting the heave 6 to 10 inches 1 to 3 i Number of sae Lightning 2 since January 1st is omitted where the returns are i 66 0 0 wae eniliquin, Weaeh 38 METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS. 195 GOVERNMENT OBSERVATORY, SYDNEY. LatrTupE, 33° 51’ 41” ; LonarrTupE, 10" 4™ 50-815 ; MAGNETIC VARIATION, 9° 35’ 37” East. Height above Mean Sea- jevel, 146 feet. MAY, 1884.—Generat ABSTRACT. Barometer ... Highest Reading.. 30°369 inches on the Ist at 11 a.m. At 32° Faht., ‘but, mn On ae to séaclavel che ... 29°410 ,, onthe 13th at 3 p.m. . Height =e .. 29°997 Wind... ... Greatest Pressure ... 146 Ibs. on the 13th. Mean sherry ive re ty lb. Number of Days a * Prevailing " Diecstio we W. N.W. (Prevailing direction during the same month for the preceding 25 years, W.) Temperature Highest inthe Shade ... sh 1-1 on the 4th. Lowest inthe Shade ... 45°7 on the 26th and 27th. Greatest Range ... ... 22:0 on the 17th. Highest in the Sun ... 118°3 on the 6th. ] nthe Grass... 37'4 on the 17th Mean Diurnal Range ... 121 Mean in the Shade .. 583 (Being 0°3 less than that of the same month on an average of the preceding 25 years.) Humidity ... Greatest Amount ... 100°0 on the 4th, 13th and 24th. Least ict és ... 48°0 on the 14th. Mean ae ses 99 (Being 4-0 greater than that of the same month on an average of the preceding 25 years.) es ans mber of aaae .. 17 rain and 9 dew enanes Fall ... 2°550 inches on on the 25 “i . 5078 sy t. al : , groun & Total Fall... oes 7-288 if a . above groun und. (Being 2-124 inches greater than that of the same month on an average of the preceding 25 years.) hea Total Amount... ... 1'434 inches. sea roel of a Lightning 3. Clouay § Sky. ean Amou ae 56. N coke of Clear Days ee Be Meteors ... Numberobserved =. 0. Remarks. At en the rainfall has this month been 2°124 inches in — of the average ; on temperature and pressure have been near the es 4118 inches of the apa was recorded on the 24th and 25th. In the arith west of the range, ge enerally from 1 to 2 inches of rain fell, but at too many places the fall = under 1 inch. “While - n the coast generally very heavy rains fell, at Lis- was 16°82 inche 196 METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS. GOVERNMENT OBSERVATORY, SYDNEY. LATITUDE, 33° 51’ 41” ; Lonarrups, 104 4™ 50°815; MAGNETIC VARIATION, 9° 35’ 37” East. Height above Mean Sea-level, 146 feet. JUNE, 1884.—Generat ABSTRACT. Barometer ..._ Highest Reading... 30°295 inches on the 30th, at 10 am. At 32° Faht., but not Sroeate to sea-level. Lowest Reading ... .. 29°491 ,, onthe 11th, at 2 pm. Mean Hei ae as ~. 29°941 (B ing aA-n9n 1 g 7% 41 ry Pee +} 2 £ the preceding 25 years.) Wind... ae ——- 9°2 lbs. on the 11th. Mean Pressure 0°6 Ib. Renbur-e of D ays Calm ... Prevailing Direction... ling direction during th th f p ig 25 years, W.) Temperature Highest in the Shade 66°5 on the Ist. Lowest in vas Shade 43°4 on the 24th tent a 21:0 on the 25th Highest in the Sun 106'2 on the 12th. Lowest on the Grass vo 5 on the 19th. ean Diurnal Rang 2°5 ean in the Shade (Being 0°1 greater than that of the same mon aed th f the preceding 25 years.) Humidity Greatest Amount... Least oe ae Mean as (Being the same as that for tl c—) 100'0 on “ 8rd, 15th, and 28rd. 43° ‘0 on t th. age of the preceding 25 years.) . 14 rain and 6 dew 3 a inches on the 1 16th. » 65 ft. above ground. pie » 15 in. above ground. (Being 1-232 inch greater than that of the same month on an average of the preceding 25 years.) 1:006 inches. Rain .. Number of ee re Greatest Fall... Total Fall Evaporation Total Amount Electricity .... Number of fist Tghtning 0 Cloudy Sky ... Mean Am 5 Number of Olek Days .. 3 Meteors 0 Number observed At Sydney, barometer, temperature, and the rainfall 1-23 inches above the the bc ag sufficient for reek wae Remarks. = wind ee been 7 close to page moderate ; verage. METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS. 197 GOVERNMENT OBSERVATORY, SYDNEY. LaTITUDE, 33° 51’ 41” ; re 40h 4m 50°81; MaGnetic VARIATION, 9° 35’ 37” East. ight above Mean Sea- level, 146 feet. JULY, 1884.—GENERAL ABSTRACT. Barometer Highest Reading... 30-321 inches on the 19th, at 9 a.m. At 32° Faht., but ov corrected. to sea-level ere ading . 29'783 ,, onthe 9th, at 1am. aed 051 (Being 0°109 inch great ee? hat in tl average of the preceding 25 years.) Wind... ... Greatest — ... 140 lbs. on the 4th. Mean Pre sce OB: Number of ‘Days Calm... 7 Pre Lew Directio ne (Prevailing directio g the sav th for the preceding 25 years, W-) “emperature a in the ms ... 74:4 0n the 12th. n the Shad ... 40°7 on the 20th. Geant 26'1 on the 12th Highest in the Sun 1080 on the 22nd Lowest on the Grass ee zi 20th. Mean Diurnal Range ean in the Sh ‘9 (Being 0°6 greater than that of the same mci onan average of the preceding 25 years.) Humidity ... Greatest Amount . 100-0 on the 8th. Least ace Ss ... §1°0 on the 10th. Mean aoe sad eg ae (Being 6°8 greater than that of the same month on an average of the preceding 25 years.) Rain ... ... Number of a _.. 15 rain and 11 Greatest Fall _.. 1565 inches = ‘the dl 7 ( 4900», above groun t (Being 2-947 inches greater than that of the same month on an cmnge of the preceding 25 years.) Evaporation Total Amou wee: 1°969 inches. Electrici Number of Da Tightog 0 52 Cloudy S$ ig ate Amoun doa ber of Clear Days «. 4 Ae Meteors ae Sa observed kes — Sydney the barometer has thi month been 0°109 inches above the average, and temperature 0°6 higher than ave and the rain 2°95 inches above Abundant rains fell along the cavern j western flat districts ; in man ger the rel there is | over a considerable _ in the §.W. not a dro gauge leaked between 12° and 13°, and only ed of rain w sation, 2°98 inches fall on the same _ and probably more "e fell t at Yallarci on that 198 METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS. GOVERNMENT OBSERVATORY, SYDNEY. LATITUDE, 33° 51’ 41”; LonertupE, 105 4™ 50-815; MAGNETIC = genet 9° 35’ 37" East. Height above Mean Sea- ‘level, 146 fee AUGUST, 1884.—Gernerat ABsTRAcT. Barometer ... Highest Reading... .. 80319 inches on the 22nd, at 10 a.m. At 32° Faht., bat a Heating to sea-level. st Rea 29°379 ,, on the 26th, at 2 p.m. aan eg yee ««. 29°874 Wind... ... Greatest iio ... 25°9 lbs. on the 26th. Mean Pre wie OF Ib. Number of Day Calm ie ae Prevailing Direction ... W. (Pr S13 ig 33. 43 A. .. ig +} +1, ¢, 41 4: OR ; Ww.) ¥ ° 7 Temperature Highest inthe Shade ... 82:0 on the 31st. Lowest in the Shade _.... 42°8 on the 8rd. G mge ... .» 27°8 on the 24th, Highest in the Sun ... 127-2 on the 31st. Lowest on the Grass ... 33°8 on the 3rd. Mean Dinrnal Range ... 16° onan in the Shade “a OOo Humidity .. Greatest Amount ... 97:0 on the 2nd. Least oy a -» 80°0 on the 26th. Rain ... .-.« Number of Days ... ... 9 rain and 8 dew. Greatest Fall... ... 0'318 inch on the 21st. 2 0°540 65 ft. above groun Total Fall... av 0829 4s We te ches ground. Evaporation Total Amou as ... 2°086 inches. Electrici Number of ne Lightning 2 Cloudy Sky... Mean Am mee Number of ( Clear Days Sire § Meteors ... Number observed 0 Rem, This month the barometer si di bse ‘ean na slightly below and si temperature — 2'0 greater than the average, umidity was 4°9 below the average. Rain also was 2°21 inches less than the ae In the country, aoe hee been 8 aver ca a month, and, with the sed agen of one or two Leelipige’y y small areas. my has been get 1 inch (and in many places less than } an Even the re coast has ‘ae ben ch). escape Ww caer, In tagcat ie total fall, Senay 1 to AUR dee 30, was 37-03 inches, and the for the e period 38°62 inches. The was also remarkably warm npg, gsc season. py ; METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS. 199 GOVERNMENT OBSERVATORY, SYDNEY. Latirupg, 33° 51’ 41”; gait 10h 4m 50-818; MAGNETIC VARIATION, 9° 35’ 37” East. ight above Mean Sea- level, 146 feet. SHPTRMCATE, 1884.—GENERAL ABSTRACT Barometer Highest Reading .. 30°338 inches on the sth, at 10 a.m. At 32° Faht., bat not corrected to ‘pow leval. Lowest Reading ... se on on the 10th, at 2°30 p.m. eee Me an n He ight an ne ae Wind... an "Greatest — .. 15°7 Ibs. on n the Qlst. ean i PD: ambae: of Devt Calm... 8 Prevailing Direction oo aie (Prevailing the sami th for the preceding 25 years W.) Bi iperature phates in the Shade... 80°9 on the 93rd. Lowest inthe Shade ... 42°80n the 13th. tes nite oS. .. 29°9 on the 20th Highest in the Sun 130°0 on the 23rd t on the Grass 9 he 12t Mean Diurnal ar ae ee a in the Shad eee “duces Humidity ... Greatest Amount ... 94:0 on the 17th and 30th. Least os Mean its ate te (Being 4-4 less than that of tl th f th ding 25 years.) eee F Number of Days... ... 11 rain and Bd Greatest Fall “he 6 0882 ihe ets the —- cae 0°760 a Total Fall... oon ove 1125 a 15 i in. above around. e402 3 REE eee ere 95 years.) Eraoration Total Amount ... i> S606 inches. Electr Number of ee: Lightning 1 Clouay § Sky... Mean A se Number me ‘Clear ‘Days see 3 Meteors =... Number observed 0 eae At Sydney, temperature and pressure have been about the average for this ah bat the humi midity is again 4°4 below, and the rainfall 2°10 inches ag the a rg _ To the monthly rainfall for this month, which was publish 7. weld column was ad i i 883 up to vere on the than George the total rainfall of 1884 is 16 inches he than 1883, at Port Macquarie inches, at Newcastle 7 inches, at Sydney 2 inches. On the high lands also the loss im many pl as been serious. At Inverell it is 54 inches, at roses 5 inches, infal 884 is grea’ at Barraba : how dry it was in 1883, the ‘eigaitcanse of the above statements will be seen. 200 METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS. GOVERNMENT OBSERVATORY, SYDNEY. LATITUDE, 33° 51’ 41”; Lonairupg, 105 4™ 50°81*; MAGNETIC VARIATION, 9° 35’ 37” East. Height above Mean Sea-level, 146 feet. OCTOBER, 1884.—Gernerat ABSTRACT. Barometer ... Highest Reading... . 80°275 inches on the 14th. At 32° Faht., but not ne Va to sea-level. Lowest Reading . ... 29137 on the 8th. Mean Herght 29°791 (Pat ye ee +} Sic tae: Ae 41 £41 3s. on hy Wind... ite 9 test Pressure --- 146 lbs. on the 10th. Mean Pressure ... 0°7 lb. Number of Days Calm ... 0 Ses een Nake 2 (Pr o + i= J 25 ov a N. E ) Temperature -pacoarg inthe Shade ... 89-9 on the 17th. Lowest in the Shade ... 49°3 on the 11th. Grea se t Ran nge ... 35°3 on the 17th. Highest in the Sun --. 148°8 on the 17th. Lowest on the Mea h Ditton al Eatee .. 140 Ween 3 in = Shade seu, foe ; (Being 0-1 greater than that of the same month average of the preceding 25 years.) Humidity ... Greatest oe « 93°0 on the 7th. Neg : on the 17th. as Mean (Being 1°9 greater than a of the same month on an average of the preceding 26 years.) Rain ... ... Number of Days... Greatest Fall ~~ ... i i . a0 inch on the 22n Total Fall... a be Atte 305 inches ve a above bye or (Being 0°952 inch less than that of the same month Evaporation Total Amount... ... 8°842 inches. | Electricity Number thes Lightning 3 Cloudy Sky... Mean A AGGIE 2 Nu iatine'd of "Clear Days eae a Meteors ... Number observed ‘a Remarks. Barometer and pressure have again been about the average, and it is resealable! _ that while pri a has been 1-9 greater than the average, the rainfall has been ; Oct lands, and part of the western slopes south of You ung; but generally rain is b . wanted, rains here ve done little or nothing to want ; perhaps this may be better indicated by the fact that out of 325° ‘tations reporting, 150 have had less than 1 inch of rain. METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS. 201 GOVERNMENT OBSERVATORY, SYDN RY. Larrrupe, 33° 51’ 41”; Lonarrupe, 10 4™ 50° 81s; MAGNETIC omega 9° 35’ 87” East. Height above Mean Sea-level, 146 fee pe dnang eas 1884.—GeENERAL ABSTRACT Barometer ... Highest Reading... _ .-. 30°17 76 inches on the oth, at 10 a.m. At 32° Faht., a a cree to sea-level. est Rea ne _.. 27°508 on the 28th, at 2 am. Nisan, Height a 29°867 (Being 0°067 inch greater th th onan average of the preceding 25 years.) Wind... Greatest Pressure . 12°5 lbs. on the 6th. an Pressure ..- . O8 Ib. Number of Days Ca 0 i rovedling — (D. sa: 2 N.E. 1 the preceding 25 years, 8.) i vaathy academe the sam Temperature Highest jn the Shade 79:9 on the 24th. in the Shade 51°8 on the 4th. Siatat t Re 20°6 on the 12th Highest in the Sun 143-2 on the 14th Lowest on the s 43°5 on the 11th. nge Mean in the Shade 65° (Being 0°8 less than that of the same cake on amaverage of the preceding 25 years.) Humidity Greatest Amount 91:0 on the 12th. Least Je pa 52:0 on the 16th. 67°7 Mean a on (Being 2-1 less than that of the same month on an average of the preceding 25 years.) Number of Days... ... 18 rain and 6 dew. Greatest Fall ... . 0°632 a on oe 1 Se cs 1-221 inches 65 ft. above ground. Total Fall... { Se cae (Being 0-831 inch less than that of the same month on an average of the preceding 25 years.) Evaporation Total Amount 3°528 inches Electricity ... Number of vee — 3 oudy Sky ... _ Am 64 Num sak. ‘Clear Days .. 0 Meteors aia observed oe AIOE close to the average, but the At Sydney, t ecpersiate en and pressure hay vin in., esas in the country no stati réinalt is again below it by 0 on Without rain this mont th, but at a large mn of them the fall has been in such small quantities at a time as to be of very little use. Some of the mountain pans ions ha gtr terse rain for prese ts, but on the coast generally the rainfall to November 30, 1884, 18 less than the co g period — ear, 1883, and of many parts of the interior the same may be said. In eres thunder-storms r the produced of grass, but the areas of t very great. 202 METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS. GOVERNMENT OBSERVATORY, SYDNEY. LATITUDE, 33° 51’ 41”; LonarTupg, 104 4™ 50°81"; MAGNETIC VARIATION, 9° 35’ 37” East. Height above Mean Sea “level, 146 feet. DECEMBER, 1884.—Gernerat Apstr Barometer ... Highest Reading... 29°914 inches on ca ere at 10 he At 32° Faht., ‘but x ms corrected to sea-level. west Reading ... wee oop on the 3rd, at 1 p.m. is we 29°592 pt Height _ (Being 0°146 inch 1 tl f the preceding 25 years.) 2 eer Meet chee ... 80°41b. on va ths 15th Mea: 1:0 Ib. Seaahe: a of Dass Calm... 0 ; ‘ Pre Yoewnn, y irection ..._ E.N.E. : (Prevail th f ling 25 y , N.E, and E.N.E.) Temperature Highest ‘i the Shade... 91-0 on the 3rd. Lowest inthe Shade ... 56°4 on the 19th ( st Range ... +. 29°40n th 2 Highest in the Sun ..- 149°0 on the 3rd. Lowest on the Grass ... 48°2 on the 19th and 23rd. fean Diurnal Range ... 16°5 : Mean in the Shade we TO4 : (Being 0°8 greater than that of the same month age of the preceding 25 years.) : Humidity ... Greatest Amount ... 86°00n the 6th. Least ee x oe : Mean nee He ies (Being 9-0 less than that of the same month f the preceding 25 years.) > Number of Days... and 5 dew Greatest Fall .. 0: on esha 5 the 15t th. 1 0°770 5 ft. above groun j Total Fall... oe 1:230 inches 15 - above ground. (Being 0-962 inch less than that of tk m preceding 25 years.) Evaporation Total Amount... w< 6279 fhitioel Electricity .... Numberof ies Lightning 6 Cloudy Sky «» Mean Am ae: ee Number of Clear Days Fe Meteors .»» Number observed oe a | much faster than usual; and coming as this dry weather did after weeks of previous drought, its effects upon any remaining vegetation were in’ In the list number of rain stations that bega reco te in the year. peaking of the whole Colony, the years 1883 and 1884 have bee as th t of and remembering the loss and suffering by the drought of 1883, the condition of the country in 1884 may easily : pt he y had more rain in 1884 than in 1883, but south that less, al llongong much less. Speaking generally, all the na ut Wo country drained by the Darling excepting vely small area in , pear aired and a few other laces, had less in "a4 then 1 1883, altho rhract much a : wae Dubbo, remark applies to the Lachlan, Murrumbidgee, and Jitic 1884 rain was far in excess of 1883, but at We llington this ter + an for Wr. Russell's Rain Map, 180k, CURVES SHOWING THE HEIGHT OF THE WESTERN RIVERS OF | EW SOUTH WALES DURING THE Y ‘UTAIN ONITAVA Be Gt “rT 8 ease Cott + SESS e eens eae iB el T He 8 Fe ts as om } T Pp SSeatE HH stasvetiee tases soba Gee ct sees ts agsaevey tase itr TH bi : | 4 S0500 seen cee eee ee S50 00008 Seen a +A eet HH t Pit S| fame en aon oe Suuenaaeae ig br Bei seen. 22ee | oe on oe ee - < +4 HEA Faun Be +t S205 C008 Be ae i ery H | a S5 2008 eGR + I + Tet tt } mane TPT Ort +H Acgg Guage an ee ae a rrr Pert Crt it se = | : +H ings seeue CVsueeuee! is Seeecuues (ouessscesene : } } 4 Sp ee Oe Pee eee 4 = T ++ =e tt TEI TITEL ace 4une 8 SSG0G8 Gena see eeeees ceee roo + % Te | SORE MEME A wee Bae ws See e ee CERES Ceeee eee { | = Tt rr hE BS BNC os a we ae BS BUS ww Hs 2 i | BCT rrr Tr Cre MLS a Hh AG A aa nae oe 1 aw Me mat EE we errttiiiityy ty err cree Trstriiititee rtr euaea ABSNSRES Kowa TT} — 2] Se | ro ce a jam - eee eee ame Ga welt an ae a a Ske SGee Oe | ese en TTT 4 * attri rrr ry TIES Lie t te saenee ode et Cs a] 5 AG A Ti gil ahs a ee j am ; PMeSe RABE: oii ‘Baw Lon |i SR2ee - 13.@] ttt tT i con Too ; Ol see HH +H PH a | PS att Toh " aa : aan ee an F i - co eo a5. Ay Se ] m ee ee ‘| f He auaui | } Sanpsaam a cw E SRSA aS . 2h re aneuen er] aeee|is = y suamn ASen8 y f Poo } Pa B aaguaan i. Pe } M« ‘ ae \ 5 7 \, ! see EHH : —es TH ” - } 4 EH. + ; é a o: ¢ S i=) 7; : ba) Sanuk 1. 1 o f « : % qj : : ¢ Be = B a re b © a : bs z S = co a tS i=3 FQ PHOTO-}LITHOGRAPHED AT THE GOVT. PRINTING OFFICE, SYDNEY, NEW SOUTH WALES LACH VERTICAL SPACE £9vALS Owe Foor eSUMMER LEVEL Sd te 85 (0) DIAGRAM SHEWING THE MONTHLY DISTRIBUTION OF RAIN in each Square Degree of W SOUTH WALES for 1884. 142 143, 14-4 145 146 147 — = ~y - hint wate os | | | | | | | Ws | ‘UarEEe eas i Evite a: HAGE TEOOSS od alias Ei PLL ie + ee ie 4 a | J} | a Hes De No Observer ala Cin. bl Pm rsifiiiin | | | OB gs rke ~—_— Walgett | | Va 20 — i / gain Tet rra bri | Yan act | a > ) 3. Q. i i \ 1} | ic) i , ye 31 Ma | / | SS : ty R | | | Wilcannia ~~== | pr aths /Port Macquarie . | Se | fy | | as ae PaMD %2 obser fal afnaalM Ds aaD alas toathoctahs : N lin | || a , pe, : | ed j | Bek | \vas ae ae ere | Dubbo | \ | \ soot ML aM es atte cash atl, sullath anal. Lala uatthalaltos ss ~~ | i re. ey ane }) | ne 14 ee ‘ante. ae a C gadis Jv No Observer // t | j j | i HT in i sé Ne Wentworth : yy, | a a 3 Ge a | “ : Pe eee | 2 | \ ( pm. | Mirrumbsd gee LE? LR | 4 \ ; fe er FF a | | : - ~ | = | | | : \ 7 | ie | Moama River —~JSAl bury | | The Vertical Length of a line wdicates the Quantity of Rain, / drawn below the Line ut uducates 70 Ran. | In every Square the Months begin on the Lett Hand Side . | Where more than Seven. luhes of Rain has taller wn an wy Month us shewn by talang the Line hal? thickness | up into the next Square tll ut represents the Total Irches: 2 i Ah | 37 oe ) 7 ie ™ an pac ame ROGeS | | | | 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154. ST Legh & (Luh: Sydney Diagram ter M” Russells Rain Map fer 1884- . Office N° M 30.22 . a EDEL EOD PARENT en ear A Te . ——— —— . : SE —— Ae — es 7 148 149 150 a 1§2 163 ae Beechall Pll | 1 — Soe - : | Briebane - max, _ ad DIAGRAM , HEWING THE AVERAGE RAINFALL FOR THE WHOLE COLONY FOR EACH YEAR . : | ) umber of small squares equal to number of inches in each case. 2 | { 1875 1877 1878 1879 1880 188! 1882 1883 1884 } * Eo He 7 ohana terete Ee e4 ee 3 a if ae. VAY / = % | taper Anton | I B84 OCaiwarro Inches 33.46 29.38 ; ; 25-05 20-73 ole rob Lind og ail - J » a” | v7 } os i ur ‘ R * ~~, ’ a | Scale of Statue Miles . @furrawinya . gre Miles 8642.6 ; on Mi ; at ae a ok Ro —t- : “ : = = sons ot oom” a ¢ © ( “alae ee dare ued ~% las, rae + sant Duabicr | | 32 Mules te 1 Inch a) % pe } re ‘3 a hil Cape Brron / of ¥ _ ! J 1 / | - \ \ lt | Casing mbalum 23 ee ‘ ae 4 ' chee a Vt e Unknown seit Be Yarrawa rr te Weg y } ss ree resin 22 | irae ; i) ; ky ty Mole River® - t ae : %e Pie - 4 . Mogul Cos a ; @tm maville ; ‘ eee | Elsinora@ (> a | 3 vip Repay VOR Lem | : Collarimgapri G = PR. J . if ce. hie was Clarence R.H‘% : Br? 2. Tak Kita - ~@ ; . vA R " “ME! Poo ae Pepe 3 5 @Numbardi: ’ > Myall Cree 6 / Xs # © eae ate / ~ Ui lnaeantetc 0 Urisino s e @ Derg bleally a+ a eed ah DN MBrwwn Dgging: By 2 @Wangamana i ae : balear WD ; te as } bade ecnary, Se > pe Boolcarrol wt : : ———_ . Winnalabrinna Bae : 1 pee ae I ror om ie Nuntherungee R Y West Boup > Quantamk one or Barwo | Dee a Bingan ; : wendals a i CobhamLak a Toorale Gil oin Goang a4 : : \ » Milparinka Yancannia® g Dridool®) Tarriaro) et f : @ Monolon huroka Wingadee : ok “ ? —— . {he | . rrabba | %: : ; Charlton@® ere : Narrabri Wil d ae 4%. ae ‘ @longo Glenariff bos OE ; * « , naminta. Ke [ S 7 ; @Wonko Nidgery elend: vo ee wr Curraweena — , .- ny oe @Mena Murtee TS eet oo Tindarey@ Corogso Peak Vi i td onimbia i . Nebea “ . — : at oo, _@Momba atta Merrere@ Cirilambone y fps bas y¥ ° =) : Gullend. 3 pa , ER ee os / | ; PR... 2 "st Bective Billitie °. Corongo Downs ad es DOM © Booroomug $a Qo wuncaige * @ Sussex | . | @ Poolamacca = Ardmore@ ' | Florida Wilgar § Box Hi Gooned Godnoo @Glenlyon Wileannia rnato Cobar. ¢ Ed } rairie Home aan . is Moy ichaugg af} : °S s Bundeila v- ; ~ 5 f _ Poupelive 1 Amphitheatre M Rd ; See ie we eryula Thorndale@ labadah Ff | ~ 9 Gunyulke ®@ Meadows remier, Yar¢adven , j ) be Petttettateke oxy 2 %) 5 rae ( e @lerida M4 > a, Irindi \Ellehston Ve Tiltargara @Priory ip Sbolldg Cnc Wie a ee : 5 ; Terra 7 ale : 32 : &/ Paddington@ thee @Shoricts Panjec@ _aae TR gre indie} 5 \ aa lein riga® Nymagee é = " vi err: r He : 32| . e q { ur. ' | f = Woodlands @® D, FA fine ty eee Bi a =< “ki C Teryarreynya L Crowl Creek@ X ' ylon 3 z eryawynta Moothumbilg 5 a : mgieth ¥ le Bucta Pontes Boola Boolka : @ Bulbodney - ° se 14 ean Y} i > Kinchega | Bedooba & Eremeran & 3 ya igen HY y' +g } : Nethegoe (4) ) _ ° uw? Burra Burra ; ll yak. 3 C - 3 rose F ; ee a @lolarno | oe oan Downs @ | ie Bulgandramin x * 3 m. Mudée mer SY , ieee | | Pi x a Ed Melirose Plains@® Uy & & =. oa aut > + ot fi et af . : + ‘ol : magphetort = e . k 1 vesih * “Dabse Weare be. Netley Back Station . etle Beel h Iva Coombie 26 _ 1 cimguam is + ' mS pt 4 ne as sin . y eelpaya : Lachlan Downs “= * ng : ¢ ; : : W.Maitla : J ry Carlie Micluresbe e pri +2 > Se Aah Sheer eve * _QNurrumbogie Brundah fos we adic ae anal ve auliltititin To « F 3 ; on ~ | ty | , yo oa pra ee PT Coradseryggy S R sliford es ee we 9 Dt iepitaeg <2 33, oo , ekilfera } ; | agston te Prriong on Rig . 2) oe * /~ Newcastle f laghts ftw Barbar Be Ee eee Sa RE 33 | : | Willandra pMlowa bla \ End oi : e~ Pm age at edt ville / on ee i ONS Bn a: , ae awe | | 8 Pinnatle ) Broula erawa, S goo | 4 @Wamberra @Turlee | @Culpotaro y ’ . had q d oo es ine Ks Ol | | ; . Nerriah Adal & f bs ‘ell y %, $ Bay Revolving Ja; ts : , L a Gétiapaira i tz %, A essa 1s alas Ship all ————- e 2 = ROP se , Za <“— Coed a | sat Lz & | QUeper Wyalong\arapanHo a ¢ ae: SS 6s es ¢ ee ea | Lt @'hononga SH 3 “Osco e Moran gs I acres Pe «3 e, eR. a! y. ft; 4 ae oul ’ | _ By nya! Buddigower €¥.tarmedmpn Wn Ore a ee $ 4 a ey “i % “yn By00 Qraipeyorng 2 | YOU. f se 1 § S. , pe S Tun ¥ | | | rr Se. lemor ba +Mucringo 8 . Se; ‘ el pe i. | Ne ac ae o@ SB combaying ‘| Mexiry ef, Wollongong | , 1 Kildar § CGurrawong : | ; : F > 0. Red Light Proed | ay Paika® inate : Y | erumbur h +: tm \. t 2 4 ws A rica 3 ere : o§ ; ney ing : 4 — ie Teg al Gundabendegal Qmaiepnsy = glade Se) |S ie le & ©: i. Gum Creek V4 @ Barellan NE Cunnjh@ arn Plain s ae < 3 : ot ; ‘iad z: Ki bitate Yong = BP~@bdrfeldie 2 mg Sa "| tation So Nea NRCC als 4 ¢] | : 1 eelemors '. 5 won n i ‘as i A re | @Willurah y Junee Junction Loftus FS Si ee ee ») | | : | ; Fixed Harbor j / Tooleyauc = Matiz, | : : : ; D Ganmaiteises Bethungr. c Fy has la Lagoon. ‘ eeepc ee -- : a ; . : a SERRE | 35 ae ee ae Kae a : 2; e. tte @ Steam Plain - idgiewa om ae ges : POS re ane Buk a Ste se eee : | = Be = urgha %,, @lara bes Bullen 6GA Gren Ramaivé | & PRET Srna or | . ‘es LzQwn ze ngonil ; A & es i ‘ot ckawid | & Bh : : are * ie & Pu ge sea = ss Kinston : q | . : if Cooree sider} ot. R fA 4 x F . Piaed rep Light | \ rrongons &, : F \ ied an varmilly Wunnamurra@® Overton : %\ fh * f ) geen ee mot | A | QUIN eee ae. Shr Uprigin | \% | _ 6 Mittagon ead Si? \ ows Wasp it Yat \ wc. Lalaltee é ikea | | cneaek puma shee Coreen” agp a “ ~ —_— | : Methoura elocumwai | ON Fy | : is " Merton, i er a 0 | amare Bomanooman = Kentuckyas Jing a i igen, “Moruya Heads | | Mulwa , t oe ollindina Bodall re 4 oO Belvoi lbury odalia | _ 136) uca Pez, a AHUME j : OT Geequedt 4 a | a LL. Tilba Biba ce, | es S om | Jindab eo | | : | | B 4 ga HK. | ae rie | {f) r | 1) Re | rrimbula j ' nbula | | Eden = NOTE. ee a ee = =—s(GC#s | wis rae , ee 7 eMagmeraneece: oo ee lhe Lhametres (not Areas! of Flack. Spots are proportional to the amount of air Cape OS rae a sassacas 437, treo ee returns are SREWT 2 by a Black Circle round the Spot | : for ¢ Juantities 7 07 r each Month pte ee the. Wap Jee attached lables ; — Beechali us £5 Miles N. of the Position plotted. Howe i S abo I¢ = Frxnd laght | Mete. Existing Railways and those in course cf Construction shewn tus ——~— i i | a ; | Ens if : 1 2 oe 145 2 147 us : : 3 7 — Surveyor Generals fice. Sydney NSW 1802 203 LIST OF PUBLICATIONS. TRANSACTIONS OF THE PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES, 1862-1869. ContTENTS. On ~ Merbsean Animals of the Lower Murra and Dar —. 2 economy, and oof p ical distrib On ome sao in the he neighbourhood of Sydney Gerard Krefft. Geometrical Researches” in four papers, comprising tai new Theorems and Porisms, and com cag Martin Gardiner, C.E. Gerard Krefft. bes ona A — Problems. Paper ocx ome nao: n’gons inscribed in pec Martin Gardiner, O-E. ipa Researches concerning n *gons inseribed in curves of Martin Gardiner, C.E. “ent ond degree. Paper No. ches concerning n’gons acrid in “surfaces Martin Gardiner, C-E. ‘of t the second degree. Paper On the desirability of a systema search for, 2 and oon erva Leary of, variable Sta the Southern ¢ John Tebbutt, junr- ere . On the ouaat of September, 1862. No. i On the Com : On et of Sep — ember, 1862. No. 2. John Tebbutt, j Rinisks on eo ing ‘Paper, “made “at the Rev. W- B.Clarke M.A., Meeting of 7th ghptember, 186 senna On the Cave T es of Indi ge saben On Snake bites and evan antidotes vee ee ome On the Wambeyan Cay OS es On the asd Plants of ‘New 8 outh Wales gece aoe ee! Wane a and Iridi ea, ee from New aoa A. Leibius, Ph.D. On the Prospect 3 of the Civil Service under the yjeut.-Colonel — o Superannuation Act of 1864 n ne : Aapeea of Profits in Mutual insurance M. B. Pell. On the Agriouitura New South Wales ©. Rollesto an the Agrionlban : Statistics of of ew ou rage . ae : 0 Rev.W-B.Clarke, M. . n the Transmutation of Rocks in aa 4 FGS., F.RGS. Nt on a B. P. Ramecy heory of Bncke G. R. Smalley. haga eory of Encke’s Com n certain possible °c between eae qd. R. Smalley. . Changes and Astronomical Observa rvations . ) he eed state of Tetrentaniet Magnetical, se a. B.S cnalleys Meteorological Science ; and the pract ractical beari, et thew subjects - e Manners and Customs of the je Aborigine a Gerard Krefft. the due = Muay 8 and Darling - 204. LIST OF PULLIUVATIONS. TRANSACTIONS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES, 1867. Vol. I. ConTENTSs. Inaugural Addyess, by the Rey. “aa it ——— M.A., F.G.8., &e., Vice- Pre Article ace" Non-Linear aaa os the Honorable Chief Justice ae F.R.S., President of the Queensland Philosophical mY AL sales on a paper by 8. H. Wintle, ) a ue: Krefft, Curato Esq., on the cae found in a cave at iC eae Sydney Me Glenorchy, "oa III—On the Auriferous and other Metal- : liferousDistrietsof Northern Queens- ey W. Yong Clete, » IV.—On "tke re-appearance of Scurvy in the ; iwvehent Bale y E. Bedford, M.R.C.S. » V.—On - Rates of Mortality ane Expocta- M. B. Pell, B.A., Pro- h Wales, fessor of Mathema compared with England and or es ties in the University cow of Sydney. » WI.—Note on the ihoalors of the Mae River “ros W. ieee, » WII.—On the ag sina: of Clock Pen- me G. Pi alley, B.A., dulum ovt. ‘Loan TRANSACTIONS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES, 1868. Vol. II. ConTENTs. Opening Address by George R. Smalley, B.A., F.R.A.S., Vice-President. Article I.—On the value of Earth Temperatures ... (G. R. Smalley, B.A., * ‘PRAS is aE Mae eee Co eetoned in Modern ( “erard Krefft F.LS., Museums in Europe and Australia) C-M-Z.S., Curator of the Spay Museum. » IIL—On ——— Hospital sun of) Alfred Robe e ‘y C.S. 1V-—On" the Causes eed ‘Phenomena of Rev. W. B. Clarke, Eart ara re relation M.A., F.G.8., &e., us' A : ; pe SS Soe Wheat Celie arn r80 ha. ee » eas 0: ure in New Sout . Wales ae the last ten yea: } Christopher Rollestons » VIIl—Remarks rely steno? snchti en Cuanaceabar i ied sia ae F.R. » VIIL—On Pauperism in New South Wales— } Alfred Roberts, past, present, and future .., ae M.R. LIST OF PUBLICATIONS. 205 TRANSACTIONS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES, 1869. Vol. III. ConrTENTS. Opening Address, by the Rev. W. B. Clarke, M.A., F.G.S., Vice-President. Senior K. Holden. Article ee Act) Examiner of Titles, N.S.W. Article IT. Apa eerie of SirW. Hamilton n the cou gana of F Cloowd Martin Gardiner, C.E. Ne any quay III.—New Theorem in the Ciscinietty ‘of ates Martin Gardiner, 0.3. > ate 4 —Exposition of the “American Method of | Levelling for Sections. The supe- a snvegnt ds actual field prac- Martin Gardiner, C.E. a an se subsequent lotting of the Pia, —On the Bectre Telegraph between Eng -) d India, and how to connect | E. C. Cracknell, Super- he ue Colonies with the tele- intendent of Tele- seaphie systems of Europe and graphs for N.S.W. ne & 2 Note on eo Geology "of the — A. M. Thomson, Se. D ulburn ee go —On, the _ and Migrations of t ian Nati demonstra ited tek acs an rogressive settle- x Rev. Dr. Lang, M.-P ment of th oe ot see rica » VIIL—Improved Solutions pty lems mn} Ma tin Glavdines, O22. Trigonometrical Surv » i1X.—On ae ee abaya G8 at Syaney ceed Charles Mayes. » &—On the evalis of the Che non ae ; nation Pt ha s for ig Sydney ¢ Professor Smith, M.D. ” Wate XI.—On a “eefinng ot S acl by means of i F. B. Miller, F.C.S. pov nats “for Reducing A. Leibius, Phil. Doc. Appa Chloride of Silve », X1II.—Remarks on Tables for Calculating H. C. Russell, B.A. the Humidity of the A ieee TRANSACTIONS OF THE BOY! BOvAL i SOOT, OF NEW SOUTH es ALES Opening Address, by the Rev. W. B. Clarke, M.A., F.G.S., Vice-President. Article I.—On Post-office —— Banks, Friendly) ¢ Rolleston, Auditor: Societies, er ae General. Assurance 206 LIST OF PUBLICATIONS, Article II.—Remarss on the Report of the Wate Commission, gyro — reference 2s Andrew Garran, LL.D. » III.—On the Botany Wat co E. Bell, M.1.C.E. » LV.—Notes on the Auriferous Slate 2 Vien, sof New 8 Wales : ae » V.—On tieey sadinbdaiis of the e Diamond near ) By Norman Taylor and Mudgee Prof. Thomson, Se.D. TRANSACTIONS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES, 1871. Vol. V. ContTENTS. Opening Address by Professor Smith, M.D., Vice-President. Article eg oe on the Nebula around men H. 0. Huseell; B.A, 3 _I1.—Magneti c Variations at Sydn ney H. C. Russell, B.A. i TEL —Remarksor on the Botany of Lord Howe’ e Charles Moore, F.L8. » IV.—New Guinea—a hi ighly promising field for uettloniat and colonization—that fev Di he eae an wt could be oe easily ( © 7 8 sfully accomplis hg ies » V.—On or Colsesbabines of Matte ... Professor Pell. TRANSACTIONS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES, 1872. Vol. VI. CoNTENTS. ing d from Argentic Chloride, as ob- ee Dr. Leibius. d of Assaying et in Dr. Leibius. TLR be some Man of A » emarks on = vee and wha ite De Deaths » IV.—On ican ai BIDE: sere: ge ry Milner Stephen, » _V.—Astronomical Notices H. "Or Resa: B.A. » V1—-On the Col — Cluster Stars ® about I.OR i wa Kappa Cru . C. Russell, B. » VII—On the ‘hatin Meteorite a ~~ .. { Archibata Liversidge, VIII.—Stati ena ie of the Progress o ew South Wales in So me ten ¢ Chris. Rolleston, Esq. years, 1862-71 ant 2 ee. Bing ae ge ese Ee A Seng LIST OF PUBLICATIONS. 207 TRANSACTIONS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES, 1873. Vol. VII. ConrTENTS. Article I.—Anniversary Address, by the Rev. W. B. Clarke, M.A., Vice- resident. IJ.—Appendix to the “eu orig Address, by the Rev. W. B. Clarke, .A., Vice-Pres ang 28S Piss cit Solution of pine Geodesic Martin Gardiner, O.E. IV. Local Particulars of the Transit of Venus H. C. Russell, ne A V.—Note on the Bingera oe District Are: h Liversidg F.C.5. . VL —On oe sae and Coal Por James Mannin: » Vib Ws “On our Coal and Coal 2 Janiee Mannings ” bes oe our Coal and Coal Por ... James Manning. e Mammals of Aust “Chas ete Part 1. cored Gerard Krefft. Didelp iss eis x.—On | Cracdalas taseidl gatas = et “ Martin Gardiner, C.E. TRANSACTIONS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES, 1874. Vol. VIII. tHe e Article 4 aE ke Rt .. E.C. Cracknell, a ” ES Hospit al A. Roberts, M .R.C ia a —Criminal eons . how South mee Chris. Rolleston. wee —Deseription of Eleven new species of Terrestrial — Marine —— from $ John Brazier, C.M.Z. 8. ee ast A tralia . ”» v.—I m Pyri J. Latta, _ Ef oem, syd ney Water Supply “by Gravitation James Manning, Esq. “ater Mickel Minerals from New Caledonia... Pro fessor Liversidge. » VILL. ——— aba Coal Deposits at Walle) Professor Liversidge. » e Transit of Venus IX. Bees of the Results of the Se PRE: Hi. C. Russell, B.A. f th J X.—The Transit - eee as — ve Rev. Wm. Scott, M.A. Eden ” TRANSACTIONS AND PROCEED INGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES, 1875. ol. IX. ConTENTS. (Edited by Professor Liversidge.) tia Article I—List of ee nen aber — ages! a ers : List of Mi i to xxix xxxi to xiii II. iiiaealinas Fs TP eee xi ve IlI—Additions to Library... tes eet set ... xiii to xlv 208 LIST OF PUBLICATIONS. ArticleIV. oat ae age by the Rev. W. B. Clarke, M.A., » 32 ? -, Vice- President V.—Notes on “Deep Sea Soundings. By Rev. W. B. +» F.GS Clarke : VI.—Facts in in rican Mini ning. “By L. Bensusan . Vil ee Deesinin of Tasman (Ilustrated. . Wintle, Hobart gy VIEL. —Pemminnent Water hg na - vdany se " Gravita- By Mannin IX, ~ SMetnapolites Water Supply. X.—Water Supply to Sydney 7. Genvitation ‘Gian tron ee of P. Pscudo-Crystaization (Illustrated). ofessor Livers 3) X1IT.—The Sines als of Noe South Wales. — Professor ” XV. a Meteorological “Observations, ‘Sydney. H. C. Russell, B.A., Sydney Observatory ... PAGE. lto 56 57 to 72 "3 to 86 87 to 95 97 to 119 121 to 123 125 to 134 135 to 150 152 to 153 154 to 215 217 to 223 lto 12 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES, 1876. Vol. X. CoNnTENTS. (Edited by Professor Liversidge.) Article I, gee = Pw Fundamental Rules, By-laws, and of Members 2 II. ieslabiariens rsary Ad ddress , by the Rev. “Ww. B. Clarke, M.A., F.R.S., Vice- [Pres iden III.—Notes on some Remarkable eis shown by Ther- mometers (Diagram). By H. “ ~ sell, B.A., -R.A.S., Government Astrono IV.—On as - in ~ peg Ey of the Polynesian tio ev. Dr. V.—On the Deep d ceanic Depression off Moreton Bay. By . Clarke, M.A ViI.—Some Notes — eres re his Opposition. By G. VII.—On the Gave Ctenodus. ‘Parts I to IV. (Five plates.) By W. J. Barkas, M.R.C.S. . VIII.—On the Formation of Mocs Gold and Silver. By Archibald Liversidge, Professor of Mineralogy in the U: ee of Sydney IX. che Copper E staking Trilietacs: By ae Bensusan .. X.—On some Tertiary Australian Polyzoa. ¢ Two plates. ) y Rey. J. E. Tenison-Woods, F Kin Miseemologioa Periodicity (tires diagrams) By H. — am. Bs FRAS, Governm 43 to 74 75 to 82 83 to 98 99 to 123 125 to 134 to 145 147 to 150 151 to 177 LIST OF PUBLICATIONS. 209 PAGE. Article XII.—Effects “ Biome RS gery on Climate. By Rev. Me FY, M.A 179 to 235 speaks —voniteios qo ee ‘Deposit Richmon d River. plate) ; and ee called Meerschaumfrom Richmond Riv By Professor Liversidge 237 to 239 5 oeTY. —nemaekabl Exam fis ‘of C Contorted Slate. ( By Professor Liversi dge ai a: 241 to 242 > iv. Beco ie é : aad ... 243 to 266 a a to Library i 4 cit Sede OEE WO ZTE » X&VII.—Don sa ih .. 277 to 281 » XVIII. a an eran ‘the Sections .. sas ... 285 to 314 PAPERS READ BEFORE SECTIONS. 1. Macrozamia spiralis. By F. Milford, M.D. 0 plates. 296 2. Transverse Section o of Fang of “Human Tooth wing Exostosis. By Hugh Paterso ie Plan indigenous to this Colony. By J. U.C. — 300 4, Etching and aioe By E.L L. Montefiore .. 308 » XIX.—Appendix: Abstract of the Meteoro — Ober vations se jo ithe Syd = ban tory. ssell, B.A., F.R "Government Astronomer a ‘ 315 to 328 » &X.—Index sue ae she aa io a JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES, 1877. Vol. XI. ConrTENTS. (Edited by Professor Liversidge.) PAGE. Article I. eure a Officers, —— Rules, By-laws, ist of Mem i to XXxXv » sees piece, qe HL. 0. "Russell, B. A, F.R.A.S. S., Vice ea ae 1 to 20 » 111.—The Forest Vegetation of Central and Northern N in con nm with Influences. By W.C e nsed Surveyor: 21 to 39 FA Tv.—On Dro ralis, ® new fossil Bird of Australia. By t W. B. Clarke, M.A., F.B.S., &e., ice-President sae 41 to 50 pre V.—On the Sphenoid, Cranial Bones, rou, and supposed Ear-Bones of Cten On the Scapula, Coracoid, Ribs, and Scales “of ieckuc By . Barkas, “ fend ey . oes 51 to 64 VI.—On the Tertin De y the Dee rtinny DepryoodsF.GS,FRGS.... 65 to 82 goo he Bagh some ee Australian Polyzoa. ‘coe wood- cuts.) By Rev. J BE. Teniso n-Woods, F.G.8., &e... 83 & 84 » WALL.—On the occurrence of Chalk in the New ‘Britain Gro ee qoute’ ra ~ S.,F. mpi F.R. RG. s., 85 to 91 210 LIST OF PUBLICATIONS. PAGE, Article IX, a “ = ew Method of racing 8 Gold, Silver, or t Metals from Pyrites. By W. A. Dixo 93 to 111 > X. —The Paleontological 5 ore of Australian Ter- Formation he Rev. J. E. Tenison- 113 to 128 Woods, 3 XI.—AS opsis of Australian Tertiary Polyzoa. By 7 Ethe ridge, junr., F.G.S. as > 129 to 143 isos EL. “Prades a Spine of Hybodus. By W. J. as, M.R. 145 to 155 XTII.—A System of Notation adapted to explaining to ne e cal Operatio Bythe | mn. J. Sm th, OMG. M.D., LLD. ,»M.L.C. 157 to 163 XIV. Notes on the ° Meteorology, Natural Histor ry, &c. a Gua and ; uano and other Phosphatie ‘Deposits, Malden Island. By W. A. Dixon, F.C.S... .. 165 to 181 XV.—On pos aay Tertiary | ‘Corals. (Two plates.) By the Rev. J. E. Tenis son- Woods, EGS, F.R. > ae 183 to 195 »» XVI.—On a new and remarkable Variable Star i in the Constellation poy By J. Tebbutt, F.R.A.S. 197 to 202 55 ae Dental vier | of the Lepidonela, . J. Barkas, M.R.C.S. 203 to 207 9, &VIOT.—A new Fossil Extinct Species of Kangaroo, Sthenurus min ge Shag n). By the Rev. W. B. Clarke, M.A 209 to 212 PRD. € Be oe on some Jeter Barometric Disturbances By Russell, B.A., F.R.A.S, 213 to 218 * XX.—Proceedings vag bus we «- 219 to 235 » &XI.—Additions to the Li bra icy .. 236 to 244 # »» XXII.—List of Exchanges and Presentations i .. 245to 251 = »» XXIII.—Reports from the Sectio divs ». 263t0 278 Ca PAPERS READ BEFORE SECTIONS. a 1. age n the Coccus of the Cape Mul- = By F. Milford, M.D., &e. 270 ps 2. Woven on some local Species of ‘Diatomaces, ae By G. D. Hirst 212 . » &XIV, tipledi Abstract of the Meteorological Ob- se rvaone om at the Sy sy y Observatory. me H = ; BA, FRAS. Gov vern- ent Astro Bs ... 281 to 204 XXV Yi bit of Publications by the © Society os os «© 205 to 302 ” EVEL —Index eh -» 3803 to 305 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES, 1878. : Vol. XII. ConTENTs, (Edited by Prof. Liversidge and Dr. Leibius. ) Areicke I—List of Officers, — sa By-la and List of Members se te be i toxxxv PAGE. LIST OF PUBLICATIONS. Article II.—Anniversary Address, by Christopher Rolleston, 39 Vice-Presiden I1I.—Tasmanian Forests ; ‘their Botany and Economical Mites By Rev. J. E. Tenison- Woods, F.G.S. IV. ike Molluscan "Fauna of Tasmania. By ‘the Rev. J. E. Tenison- Woods, S., F. V.—On some Australian neceary Fossil. Corals and Po —_ (One plate.) oF the Rev. J. E. Tenison- Woods, F.G.S., F.L.S. we VI. Brapoaed Correction to A genia b: Longitude of the Sydney Staley: By John Te batt, VII.—On the | Meteorolo ogy "of the Coast t of New Sou th Wal g the Winter stony with the deairalé it i} of issu cigs i ings, by telegrams ‘to the various the Observatory. By Ma rshall Smith, _ at Si a sae VIII.—Storms on Coast of New “Sou th Wales. (Fo a: grins ) By Ho. we ogee B.A., ov F. A TX.—Some Facts ‘about the Great Taal “Wave, May ma (Three diagrams.) B . P. Joseph- ». « Some ‘Recut of an ‘Astronomical Experiment on Iue Mountains. (7'wo diagrams. be By H. C. essecll B.A., F.R.A.S., F.M. Ss. XI.—On the Metallurgy of Nickel fe Cobalt. By W. A. Dixon, Re [Bic eke XII.—The pea, Waters "of Sydney. By ‘w. A. Cc XIIL.—Note on Huan Island Guano. By SW. A. Dixo F.C.S., F.1.C., Lecturer a Chemistry, Seay School of Arts XIV.—The Rise and Progress of 3 Photography. By = dovico W. Hart XV.—Proceedings . XVI. — Additions to th 1e Library XVII.—Donations to the Cidegete 2X. __List of Exchanges and Prese ntations XIX.—Reports from the Sections PAPERS READ BEFORE THE SEcTIONS. 1. Note on the Planet Uranus. By John Tebbutt, . On the. Longitude 0 of t Sydney Observatory. By H. C. Russell, B F.R. os 3. Note on the oi Mer (One diagram.) By Jobn "Tebbutt, . RA Be cs 4, Note on the Star ‘Brisbane 6183.” By ot or f=} So =] = @ fob aa: BS es States. By W. J. MacDonnell, 6. Clark’s Companion of —_ By H. c. Russell B.A., F.R.A.S 211 PAGE. 1 to 16 17 to 28 29 to 56 57 to 61 63 to 69 71 to 75 77 to 101 103 to 115 117 to 126 127 to 132 133 to 141 143 to 144 145 to 164 167 to 187 188 to 200 201 to 206 207 to 213 217 to 293 BRERES 212 LIST OF PUBLICATIONS. PAGE 7. The Wig Micrometer. By H. C. Russell, .A.S, 236 8. Notes on Supiter during his Opposition, 1878, By G. D. Hirs 238 9. On Star-dis a the separatin power of Telescopes. By W. J. MacDonnell, F. 241 10. Abs the Results of the Transit of enus . C. Russell, B.A., 243 11. Notes on the Geocentric Conjunction of Mars Saturn, 1879. By John Tebbutt, 246 12. Remarks on the Mounting of Large ‘Object- glasses. By H. C. Russell, B.A., F.R.A.S. 247 13 — a New ll of Equatorial Mounting By ‘_H. C. Russell, B.A., F.R.A.S. 249 14. Note on the Boorook Silver Mine. By A.W. Dixon, F.C.S. 255 15. Notes on the Incrustation of the ‘Sydney Water Main. By Dr. Morris.. 264 16. An + for the Introduction of the Study of Photography in “sd and Science. By Ludovi a ieek De ae 269 On M By Mo e 281 Art, XX.—Appendix: Abstract of the Meteorological Obser- ons taken at the Sydney Observatory By H = = B.A., F.R.A.S. Ar ailrruarried Astr ee : 297 to 308 » %XI.—List of. ‘Publications. ay 55 : ... 3809 to 318 »» XXII.—Index as ae i ick 319 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES, 1879. Vol. XIII. . CoNTENTs. (Edited by Prof, Liversidge. ) PAGE. Article I.—List of Office ~ fora Rules, By-laws, and List of Meas i to xl 6 IE —Anniversary rere by ‘the Hon. Professor Smith, C.M.G., Vice-President... 1 to 26 x9 IT.—The “Gem” Cluster in rata By H. C. Russell, B. 27 to 34 2 IV.—The Interna ess of Geologists, Paris, 1878, By es iversidge, University of Sydn 35 to 42 ”» V.—The Wate of Sydney Harbour. By the Rev. W. , M.A... 43 to 48 » os VL—On the Anatomy of Distichopora, with 2 # Mone- ) e Genus. By enison- Woods, F.G.S., F.L.S... 49 to 63 » VIIL—On the Geological Formations of ‘New Zealand te orig foes of aes By Jam 80 fector, ae pv di i 2 65 to ” VIII.—On the Lan of tion wi of fairer oar of 4 the South ot Africa, By Hyde Clarke, V.P.A.I., London _81 to 85 =e RI 2S pea arid Peas, Seas eis ta LIST OF PUBLICATIONS. 213 : PAGE. Article IX. Sart ha its ec A to Popular Education. os 87 to ” X. _Ottelia praterita, F.v. ie By Baron von ‘Mitller, ‘C.M.G., M.D., P.H.D., F. R. 95 to 96 sd —— Catalogue of Latitude Stars, “Bpoch By H. 8. Hawkins, 97 to 104 » AIL _Notes. on the occurrence of remarkable Boulders i in the Hawkesbury Rocks ba C. 8. Wilkinson, L.f 105 to 107 », XIII.—The Wentworth Hurricane. By EC “Russell, oon F.R.A.S. GS prea t ee Dag 118 » X1V.—Proceedings Bete Bad » &V.—Additions to the Library Jo a ” XVI.—List of Exchanges and Presentations .. 150 to 157 PAPERS READ wecrie THE SECTIONS. a ORV LL: oe FROM THE 8 ... 161 to 226 mish i i of printing Star Maps. By ; C. Russ ell, B.A., F. 163 2, Occultation of 64 A nari by “Jupiter, Sept. ve By John Tebbutt, _ Note on the conjunction n of Mars and Saturn, July Ist, 1879. By H. ©. Russell, B.A., RK. 167 ater “which ‘should Russe w . The River Darling, the wa 4 H. C. Russell, B. As, st s through it. By 1‘ 5. Notes on some recent objectives ; manufactured by Carl Zeiss, of Jena. B t 175 6. Notes upon Tolles’ duplex front one-tenth immersion objective, and ti mparative f the same with Zeiss mersion sam and trial o oil im one-eighth (No. 18), by oth obli ight. By H. Sharp -. 7. An improved asia Microscope art 185 1 E, Hewett py E. L. Montefiore. ic “ Art Criticism. y on wy oe it~) eS HS oO Ea S vo] Alp a 7Q oO E n gt B +, es taken 9 Hart dw a tour in tenses in 1861 od 10. Art | a John rope beeig wo i Ten eet at G or By F. Norton 213 Bi 3 alte >» &VIII.—Appen ieee ’ “Abstr. ok “ieteorlogial ee taken “ae the § a 40 y ssell, B.A.; ER. “oh 4 » XIX.—List of fpubltons de 353 ” XX.—Index te in ee vee JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL sogmats ” OF NEW soUTH WALES vol IV — Edited ne ome Liversidge-) ete Article 1—List of Officers, Rules, and List of a a xiii LIST OF PUBLICATIONS, IIl.—Anniversay Address 8, by Charles Moore ce-President. ( 9 III.—On the Longitude of the § wd penetra y John Tebbutt, F.R. IV.—On the Opposition and Magnitudes of puranus d By John Tebbutt, F V.—Some new Double Stars, with roma acpi several Binaries. By H. C. sell, B.A., wo Diagrams F.R.A.S. (7% agra VI.—The Orbit Elements of Comet I, 1880. (Great Southern Comet). By John Tebbutt, A, VII.—A new method of printing Barometer and Curves. By H. C R ssell, B.A., r VI. —Sliding Scale for coreoting Ba Barometer Read- By H. © F.R.A.S. TX.—On Thunder and Hail ‘Storms. By H Russell, B.A., F.R.A.S. (Diagram m) X.—On some recent ¢ changes on the surface of fg By H. ©. Russell, B.A., F.R.A.S. (Two iagrams) ai; se Remark ~ ies Colours of Jupiter's Belts, Ting XII.—A Catalog of Plants collected deri r. r. Forrest’s Geographical Bxalorition of obaabes Australia in 9. aron Ferdinand von Mueller K.C.M D. (Ma Ph.D., XTi, —On, Ringbarking and its Effects, By W.E. XIV. ae a tems Fossil Flora of Eastern Australia By ker Feistmantel, XV. ee. thea Acids a in Ni ative Currant. By E. nie, » B oer oe XVI.—On Piturie, By Prof essor Liversidge i XVII. oe oe scree and N. apy Fodder Plants, By : C.S. XVIII. Wate from a Hot Spring, N ew Britain. By fessor Liversidge XIX.—Water from a Hot t Spring, Fiji Islands, By xx The comp. Liversid -—The a of Cast-iro n acted u n by By Professor L Liversidge nap y XXI. ~on' fie Com ition of some Wood enclosed essor Liversidge XXII. —The Composition of Coral Limestone. By Pro r Liversidge fesso’ XXIII.—The Inorganic Constituents of the Coals of New South Wales, By W. A. Dixon, F.C.S, XXIV.—On the ‘Composition of some New South Wales essor Liversid SXV.—On somes ew South Wales Miner, By Professor Liversi rsidge , 8lto 95 97 to 102 103 to 118 119 to 121 123 to 132 133 to 143 145 147 to 148 149 to 154 155 to 157 159 to 162 163 to 179 181 to 212 213 to 225 LIST OF PUBLICATIONS. 915 Article XXVI.—Notes on some Minerals from New Cale- By Shem Liversidge 227 to 246 oni i. XXVII.—Notes on a Collection of Fossils ta the Palzeozoi W. By R. Ethe Ge » &XVITL—A Compariso on nr bet een the Pros pect an Kenn Bone Schemes > pire = for Sydney. By F. B. ? 259 to 280 » XXIX.—On Wells in the Livecaeel Plains. ‘yl T. oe Abbott, P.M. i ap). 281 to 292 ” XXX. —Pro eedin: ngs ve aoe 295 to 308 ” XXX [Additions to the Li bra ary 309 to 323 ” VIL Astronomy of the Australian Aborigines. PY 71 to 80 the Rev. Peter MacPherson, As ce ave » VIII.—The Spectrum at a of > i 81 to ‘omet. . obey 1X.—On Comet II, issi. By John bccn R.A.S 87 to 91 ” X.—New Double Stars, d Meas 0 sgt those found by Sir aFohn Herschel. y : ers B.A., F.B.AS., Government t Astro 98 to 158 r. (Six diagra ams) ne ember ‘sth, 1881. By > rae Transit of rawely BA, eer RAS, Government Astronomer ‘216 LIST OF PUBLICATIONS. Article XII.—On me rE arg ney ~ ye cae V. A. D LCs we LL, —Cens of ta Gag nera of ald sites soho s Indigenous to Australia. ag, Baron Ferd. ee ss G.,M.D., von Mueller, : a F.R.S. See. 4 ale —Notes on Wool. P. N. Trebe i XV.—On a Com Sas ‘Scheme of V r Stor: rage a: and Canalization for the rey pest of this ee By F. B Sipps, C.E » &VI.—Pr ings oy eV LL 1 Additions o the Libr » X%XVIII.—List of Paaieiatiees made eby the e Royal Society th Wale e Proceedings of the Sections PAPERS READ BEFORE THE SECTIONS. On the Star Lacaille 2145. By John Tebbutt, F.R.A.S.. On oy Variable Star R, Carine. By John Tebbutt, F.R.A “By Ww. J. Conder The Orbit Elements of Comet IL 1881. By John Tebbutt, 8 On some Ob svar tions for Longitude. at Lambie. Is Insanity increasing ? i By F. Norton Manning, M.D... teen Abstract of the gh cg sa Observations at the b: H. C. R servatory. A es Rainfall rig New aout Wales re ‘a year 1881. HC, RA Russell, List of Publications. Index JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH 1882. Vol. XVI. ConTENTS. (Edited by Prof. Liversidge, F.R.S.). Officers for 1882-83 .. Act corporation Rules, List of ee , ke. Article I.—President’s Address. By “H.C. Russell, B. A; .S., Government saaarege Se ie II.—On the a or teorite. (Secon 24 A, - Livers, F.R.S., F.C.S. (Three Plates y iversidge, F.R.S., F.C.S. (One Plate in Meter tnd Ch as of certain Rocks, ) South Wales, &c. (Preli notice. ) a Live —— PRS, wasss ateve PAGE. 175 to 183 185 to 300 301 to 307 309 to 329 333 to 348 349 to 365 366 to 373 377 to 379 380 to 385 386 to 392 393 to 395 399 to 407 411 to 422 423 to 436 437 to 440 WALES, aa iy Car NS ee ays Pisa eee Stee ee LIST OF PUBLICATIONS. Article V.—Rocks from New Britain and New I (Preliminary notice.) By A. ee VI.—The ‘Hawke sbu rry Sandstone. By ‘the Rev. J. E. Tenison-Woods, F.G.S., F.L.S., &e. We Vil.—Tropical Rains. By ussell, B ae a S., Government Astronomer. (Six Dia ms) » VIIL—New ‘Method of determining True North. By J. 8. Chard, District Surveyor TX.—Notes on eo Progress of New South Wales during the Ten Years 1872- 1881. By Chris- oer eau C.M.G., Auditor- amu. Pres ae X.—On aii * Carboniferous Marine Fossils. “By the Rev. J. E. Tenison-W0o ds, F.G.S., F-LS., &e. XI.—On some Mesozoic eae? — ad ng boo River, Queensland. Rev. a Woods, F.G.S., y Ls, &e. (Three Pla XI. Notes ni the song of New Holland. By mes Man XIII.—On the a 7% ae Bpiphytic ‘Orchids. By A. ee .G.S., F.LS., &e. (Two P tes) . XVv.—The Aborigines of New South ‘Wales. _ByJ J. oe aes On ‘the “YoRuane “of the ‘Aus tralian C lim: and Pastures upon the Growth of Wool, ta absteac 2 _— Dr. — Ross, M.L.A., Molon: ae ne Proceedings Additions to the Libr rary se bibs fi List of Presentations made by the Royal Society of New eare i Wa Proceedings 0 of the Section Appendix : Abstract of the e Meteorol clogical Observations at the dney Observatory. By ussell, B.A., F.R.A.S., Government Astronomer Rainfall Map for the year 1882. By i. ©. "Russell, BA. List of Publications eis Index ae : 217 PAGE. 47 to 51 53 to 116 117 to 126 127 to 130 131 to 142 143 to 145 147 to 154 155 to 173 175 to 177 179 to 192 193 to 233 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL wpa OF NEW SOUTH WALES, Vol. XVII. CoNTENTS. (Edited by Prof. Liversidge, F.R.S.) Officers fo Pancteors Act of Thoorpoxath Rules, List of Reantues, ke. 218 LIST OF PUBLICATIONS. Article | I.—President’s Address. By Christopher Rolleston, C.M.G Py II.—On mbes © Aborigines inhabiting the Great Lacus- and Rivertine Depression of t ower Murray, aamembide, towee: echt and Australia. By Robert gerusies junr., F.G.S., &. (Z'wr Plates) : st ” V.—On Plants — by the Natives of f No ith Queens land. rs, and Mitchell Rivers for food, medicine, a By Edward Palmer, M.L.A., land ij VI.—Notes on the getius ¥ Massoramia. » wit th da cerip- tions of some new species. By Charles Te p85 we VEL Alias of Double Stars. By H. ©. Ru tsell, B. A, F.R.A. » VIII.—Some Facts Sonndetod with Terioslion: By ussell, B.A., F.R.A rh F.M.S. i IX.—On ge discolouration of white bricks made m certain clays in “ ieighbourhood « of ’B EK. H. Ren: 29 t By Ling Roth, F.M.S., F.S.S. (Two